Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Incitec Pivot Limited

Incitec Pivot Limited

ipl · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker ipl
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Incitec Pivot Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
  A N N U A L   R E P O R T 2015

Ekati

Diavik

e

e

CANADA

Flin Flon

e

Tumbler Ridge

Calgary

Biwabik

e

St Helens

Barry

Salt Lake City

Cheyenne

Carthage

e

e

i

a

i

Louisiana, Missouri

Waggaman, Louisiana

Dinamita

Gomez Palacios

Guadalajara

e

USA

MEXICO

e

Meadowbank

e

e

a

e

i

a

e

e

e

i

i

Ishpeming

North Bay

Maitland

Boisbriand

Ormstown

Simsbury

Donora

Duffield

Van Wyck

Brooksville

Graham

Wolf Lake

LATIN

AMERICA

La Serena

i

Santiago

Tirana
Bucharest
Ankara
Soma

i e

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

i

Linyi (Fabchem)
New Delhi
Hong Kong

e

e

Muara Tuhup
Tenggarong
Berau
PAPUA NEW GUINEA

e

e

Papua New Guinea

INDONESIA

e

a

Moranbah
Townsville

AUSTRALIA

e

i

e

Moura
(Queensland Nitrates)

Gibson Island
Helidon
Kooragang Island
Warkworth

Melbourne
Geelong
Devonport

Batu Arang (TKEB)

i

SOUTH
AFRICA

Sibolga
Tanjung Tabalong
Jakarta
Batu Kajang

Port Hedland
Mt Isa
Phosphate Hill

Kalgoorlie
Perth
Port Adelaide
Portland

i

i

Johannesburg (SASOL Dyno Nobel)
Johannesburg (DetNet)

e

e

e

e

a

Incitec Pivot Limited
Incitec Pivot Limited

Company Headquarters
Company Headquarters

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
Corporate Office
Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution
Manufacturing/Distribution
Quantum Fertilisers
Quantum Fertilisers

Dyno Nobel
Dyno Nobel

Corporate Office
Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution
Manufacturing/Distribution
Joint Ventures/Investments
Joint Ventures/Investments

Manufacturing legend
Manufacturing legend

i
i

e
e

Initiation
Initiation
Emulsion
Emulsion

ANa
ANa
a Long term AN supplier
a Long term AN supplier

Tirana

Bucharest

Ankara

Soma

i e

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

i

Linyi (Fabchem)

New Delhi

Hong Kong

e

e

e

Muara Tuhup

Tenggarong

Berau

PAPUA NEW GUINEA

SOUTH

AFRICA

i

i

Johannesburg (SASOL Dyno Nobel)

Johannesburg (DetNet)

Batu Arang (TKEB)

i

Sibolga

Tanjung Tabalong

Jakarta

Batu Kajang

e

e

e

a

Port Hedland

e

Mt Isa

Phosphate Hill

Kalgoorlie

Perth

Port Adelaide

Portland

INDONESIA

AUSTRALIA

e

Papua New Guinea

e

a

Moranbah

Townsville

e

Moura

(Queensland Nitrates)

Gibson Island

Helidon

Kooragang Island

Warkworth

i

e

Melbourne

Geelong

Devonport

Ekati
Diavik

e

e

CANADA

Flin Flon
Tumbler Ridge
Calgary
Biwabik
St Helens
Barry
Salt Lake City
Cheyenne
Carthage
Louisiana, Missouri
Waggaman, Louisiana
Dinamita
Gomez Palacios
Guadalajara

e

e

e

i

a

i

e

e

USA

MEXICO

e

Meadowbank

e

e

a

e

i

a

e

e

e

i

i

Ishpeming
North Bay
Maitland
Boisbriand
Ormstown
Simsbury

Donora
Duffield
Van Wyck
Brooksville
Graham
Wolf Lake

LATIN
AMERICA

La Serena
Santiago

i

Contents

Chairman’s Report  

Managing Director’s Report  

Board of Directors  

Executive Team 

Sustainability Report 

Directors’ Report 
–  Remuneration Report 

Financial Report  

ii

iv

vi

vii

viii

1 
18

38

VISION STATEMENT

To be the best in our markets, delivering Zero Harm  
and outstanding business performance through our people,  
our culture and our customer focus. 

Chairman’s Report

I am pleased to report to shareholders  
as Chairman of Incitec Pivot Limited, 
following a year which confirmed that we 
have the right strategy for our Company 
at a time when there are significant 
challenges in global markets.

As always, I begin with our most 
important value, being safety. Zero Harm 
is our Number 1 priority. In 2015, our 
programs and processes have continued 
to achieve a reduction in the number of 
safety incidents across our business, with 
the Group’s Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate for the rolling 12 months 
to 30 September 2015 decreasing from 
0.97 to 0.67. This is a significant outcome 
as we progress to our goal of Zero Harm.

However, we can never claim success in a 
year in which we have suffered a fatality. 
In May, one of our employees lost his life 
following an incident at an underground 
gold mine in the Pilbara region of Western 
Australia. Following the tragedy, we 
provided support to his partner and 
family, as well as our own employees.  
As a Company, James and the Executive 
Team led a compulsory global safety 
stand down for all employees to review 
their individual commitment to their own 
safety and the safety of their workmates.

In safety, as in all critical issues, 
constructive and practical leadership by 
the Board and senior management is 
essential. Every time the Board and 
management visit a site, the first action 
we take is to review site safety processes 
and re-emphasise our commitment to 
Zero Harm. Similarly, at every Board 
meeting, Zero Harm is the first agenda 
item for discussion and the Board Health, 
Safety, Environment and Community 
Committee meets regularly to provide 
detailed oversight of safety across the 
Company. 

ii

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

We have the strategy and the 
team to ensure that Incitec Pivot 
will continue to deliver value to 
shareholders into the future. 

Earlier this year, the Board joined the IPL 
project team on site in Louisiana, USA, to 
inspect construction progress on our world 
scale ammonia plant, which is due for 
completion in the third quarter of 2016. 

On behalf of the Board, I recognised the 
safety performance of our construction 
contractor, KBR, which had achieved a 
safety milestone of 3,000,000 work hours 
without a “Days Away from Work 
Incident”, a commendable performance  
to date. 

Turning to the Company’s financial 
performance in 2015, I believe we can 
be satisfied in achieving a 12% increase 
in Net Profit After Tax excluding 
Individually Material Items (IMIs) in a 
year when our customers have been 
challenged by structural and cyclical 
market changes. In these markets, our 
business was able to achieve $A 
earnings growth in both the Explosives 
and Fertiliser businesses, with Earnings 
Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) in 
Fertilisers rising 22% and Explosives  
EBIT up 1%. 

On the measure of shareholder returns, 
Earnings Per Share (EPS) excluding IMIs, 
increased 10% to 23.8 cents per share 
(cps). The final dividend has been 
declared at 7.4 cps, franked to 60%. This 
brings the full year dividend to 11.8 cps, 
representing an increase of 9% on the 
2014 dividend of 10.8 cps. The dividend 
payout ratio of 50% of NPAT excluding 
IMIs is within the payout ratio endorsed 
by the Board of 30-60% of NPAT 
excluding IMIs.

This is a good result which can be 
attributed to our strategy and to our 
employees’ execution of the strategy. 

As I have previously informed 
shareholders, our strategy is focused on 
the global dislocations – demand for hard 
and soft commodities associated with 
growth in Asia, and the seismic shift in 
the world’s largest economy, the United 
States, as a result of the shale gas boom. 

Strategic development decisions must 
produce results ‘through the cycle’, for  
the short to long-term. The Moranbah 
ammonium nitrate plant is a good 
example. The decision to develop the $1 
billion plant was taken to coincide with 
the resources boom in Australia to feed 
the immense increase in demand for 
resources from Asia, particularly China.  
At the same time, the decision to contract 
all the production from Moranbah is now 
proving a prescient judgement as the 
demand for resources has cooled in the 
current cycle.

The profitability of the Moranbah plant 
was the differential for the Dyno Nobel 
Asia Pacific (DNAP) business achieving an 
acceptable result under difficult trading 
conditions. The Moranbah plant produced 
320,000 tonnes of ammonium nitrate and 
total earnings of $131 million, offsetting 
the impact of challenging mining markets 
in Australia, Indonesia and Turkey.

The other key strategic decision has been 
the decision to approve the construction of 
a world-scale ammonia plant in Louisiana, 
taken to capitalise on the shale gas boom 
in the US. When this project becomes 
operational in late 2016, it will be a 
transformational event for our Dyno Nobel 
Americas business, providing very robust 
cash flows and further strengthening our 
Balance Sheet, which is already in 
excellent shape. 

IPL Ammonia plant currently under construction at Waggaman, Louisiana.

An outstanding result in 2015 was that 
Net Debt to EBITDA fell from 2.0 times to 
1.6 times, even while we are financing 
the construction of the Louisiana plant. 
This ratio, and other measures of our 
financial strength, will continue to 
improve beyond 2016 and will provide us 
with further scope to increase shareholder 
value, which may involve a combination 
of capital management and strategic 
growth opportunities. In this context, the 
Board will continue to be disciplined in 
strategic decision making. 

Another key element of any business 
performance is customer relationships, 
never more important than in the current 
difficult global environment. This also has 
been a key focus of the Board and 
whenever we travel to our operations we 
make it a priority to meet with customers 
to engage in seeking mutual solutions to 
the challenges to their businesses. 

This has been a particular emphasis in  
our contact with resources industry 
customers in Australia and the United 
States. Additionally, as part of our Board 
visit to the United States in August 2015, 
we met with business partners such as 
Trammo, which is a major off-taker from 
the Louisiana plant, and KBR, the global 
project company which is constructing  
the Louisiana ammonia plant.

The Company continues to be led by an 
experienced Board with significant 
knowledge and expertise. I am confident 
that the composition of the Board, with 
its collective skills, experience and 
diversity (both in terms of gender and 
more broadly) is well positioned to guide 
the Company in implementing its 
strategy. I know that diversity is a key 
focus of James and his Executive Team. 
While I recognise that, statistically, Incitec 
Pivot has considerable progress to make 
in terms of gender equity, I am confident 
that the programs we have initiated as a 
Company will provide the talent pipeline 
to achieve our diversity objectives.

In closing, I want to sincerely thank my 
fellow directors for their collegiality, 
dedication and knowledgeable 
contribution to Board discussion and 
debate. James and his Executive Team 
have shown outstanding leadership in 
implementing the Company’s strategy 
and delivering the positive results this 
year. The Company’s performance is the 
product of their hard work and initiative 
and is driven by the commitment of our 
5,500 employees. It is to all of our 
employees that I offer my profound 
appreciation. 

To have achieved the result we have in 
2015 in the face of such challenging 
conditions gives me confidence for the 
future, particularly with the 
commencement of operation of the 
Louisiana plant next year. We have the 
strategy and the team to ensure that 
Incitec Pivot will continue to deliver value 
to shareholders into the future. 

Paul Brasher 
Chairman

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

iii

Managing Director’s Report

This result has been driven by our 
employees using the Business Excellence 
system to increase productivity and 
maintain reliable production.

I am pleased to present my seventh 
report as Managing Director & CEO in  
a year when we realised double digit 
earnings growth amid challenging 
market conditions. This is a good 
outcome driven by our strategic decisions 
and the performance of our people. 

Like the Chairman, I begin with safety, 
our Number 1 priority. The tragic fatality 
which occurred in May this year is a  
stark reminder of the vital importance  
of our relentless drive to Zero Harm. 
Immediately following the tragedy, a 
safety stand down was held across all 
our sites globally, the focus of which was 
on identifying and understanding the 
fatal risks and controls in our workplace. 
Despite an overall reduction in safety 
incidents across the business, as 
evidenced by the Company’s TRIFR  
to 30 September 2015 decreasing  
from 0.97 to 0.67, we still have a long 
way to go.  

Our safety strategy is underpinned by the 
4Ps: Passionate Leadership, People 
(Behaviours), Plant (Equipment) and 
Procedures (System). Additionally, our 
commitment to safety is reinforced by 
the seven Rules to Live By which address 
the most hazardous risks common to our 
business and are our “safety non-
negotiables”. We have a strong belief 
that injuries and illnesses are 
preventable and we are committed to 
eliminating these avoidable outcomes. 
Conducting business safely must be the 
priority of all our employees, contractors, 
vendors and business partners.

Turning to the 2015 financial 
performance, Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) 
increased 12% against 2014 NPAT 
(excluding Individually Material Items) 
and both downstream businesses 
achieved increases in $A earnings: 
Fertilisers increasing by 22% and 
Explosives by 1%. This is a result of 
which everyone at Incitec Pivot can be 
proud. It has been achieved despite the 
impact on our Explosives business of the 
global decline in demand in the 
international mining industry and, in 
some cases, such as the coal industry, 
structural changes. Further, our Fertilisers 
business was also impacted by the 
challenge of a long term drought in 
Northern New South Wales and 
Queensland.

Operating cash flow increased by 41%  
or $221 million to $756 million, driven 
by strong growth in earnings and by  
a continuous focus on efficient 
management of our working capital.  
Net Debt also decreased by 13% or  
$191 million to $1.3 billion. 

In looking at the 2015 result, I want to 
pay tribute to our people. To a large 
extent, this result has been driven by our 
employees using the Business Excellence 
(BEx) system to increase productivity, 
eliminate waste and maintain reliable 
production. BEx has given us the tools 
and processes to change the way we  
do business. It is our continuous 
improvement culture which is now 
embedded across all businesses with a 
core focus on manufacturing, supply 
chain and process. As a result, we have 
seen some excellent outcomes with BEx 
delivering year-on-year to our bottom 
line. This year’s net EBIT benefits from 
BEx were $41 million. 

In the context of BEx, I want to highlight 
our Ammonium Phosphate Value Chain 
which includes the Phosphate Hill 
fertiliser plant, the Mt Isa acid plant,  
the logistics team at Townsville and  
the sales and marketing teams. The 
Phosphate Hill fertiliser plant is the 
largest manufacturing complex in our 
global network and, this year, achieved 
record production of 1,043,000 tonnes of 
ammonium phosphate fertilisers. This 
represents a 35% increase on the 2014 
production and is the first time the plant 
has produced one million tonnes in its 
15-year history, noting IPL acquired the 
plant in 2006. Phosphate Hill EBIT 
increased by $105 million to $142 
million. Although aided by the lower $A 
and higher average international prices, 
the Phosphate Hill team confronted 
substantially higher input costs, 
particularly gas, but were still able to 
leverage BEx to increase production and 
achieve sustainable productivity benefits.

Now let me turn to strategy. In my  
view, strategy is all about choices;  
not only what you choose to do, but 
equally importantly, what you choose 
not to do. It starts with the foresight to 
identify the strategic drivers of a 
business and to then make decisions 
around capital allocation. Successful 
strategic decisions are those which are 
made at the right time, with the 
appropriate risk management approach. 
Once made, they require courage to 
“stay the course”.

Our strategy remains unchanged. Incitec 
Pivot’s growth is linked to two global 
economic engines: the industrialisation 
and urbanisation of Asia and the activity 
generated by the shale gas revolution in 
the United States. The demand for hard 
and soft commodities in Asia is what 
underpins our Moranbah ammonium 
nitrate plant. The re-industrialisation of 
the US, driven by the shale gas 
revolution, is what will underpin our 
Louisiana ammonia plant.

iv

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Phosphate Hill Manufacturing Plant, North West Queensland.

The Moranbah “story” as proof of our 
strategy is well-known and has been 
touched on by the Chairman in his 
report. But no strategy can be set in 
stone. As the global economic 
environment changes, a strategy  
needs to respond. 

Our decision almost three years ago to 
develop a world scale ammonia plant in 
Louisiana was driven by the need to 
balance our business portfolio. We 
adopted a “New World/Old World” 
approach. This meant that as well as 
exposure to Asia, we increased our 
footprint in the world’s largest economy 
– the US – even though, at that time, the 
US was still dealing with the aftermath of 
the Global Financial Crisis. Today, the US 
economy is on the road to recovery and 
is arguably one of the most attractive 
places in the world to do business.  
The timing of the decision to develop  
a plant in Louisiana meant that we 
achieved the classic first mover 
advantage including a lump-sum turn-
key construction contract and offtake 
agreements for all production. 

I am delighted with the progress of 
construction of the Louisiana ammonia 
plant. The project is on schedule to 
commence first production in the third 
quarter of calendar 2016 and will  
drive significant earnings growth. 
Louisiana will be our seventh ammonia 
plant globally. 

Notwithstanding the current market 
challenges, our successful strategy, our 
commitment to making the right choices 
with the appropriate risk management 
and the ability of our people to deliver 
using BEx gives me confidence for the 
future. While in the short term it is 
expected that the challenging market 
conditions for the resources and 
agricultural industries will persist, in the 
longer term, continued growth of the 
Asian economies is inevitable and  
reinvigoration of the US economy is 
already occurring. 

In closing, I want to thank the Chairman 
and my fellow directors for their advice 
and support. I want to express my 
gratitude to my colleagues on the 
Executive Team. In particular, I wish to 
record my appreciation of the 5,500 
employees at Incitec Pivot. I firmly 
believe that our employees give us a 
unique competitive advantage in terms 
of their skill and commitment to deliver 
on strategy and I am confident that this 
will continue to produce shareholder 
value into the future.

James Fazzino  
Managing Director &  
Chief Executive Officer

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

v

Board of Directors

(L to r): Rebecca McGrath, Gregory Hayes, Graham Smorgon AM, John Marlay, Kathryn Fagg, Paul Brasher, James Fazzino

Rebecca McGrath  
BTP(Hons), MASc, FAICD 
Non-executive director

Gregory Hayes  
MAppFin, GradDipACC, BA, ACA  
Non-executive director

Graham Smorgon AM  
B.Juris, LLB 
Non-executive director

John Marlay  
BSc, FAICD 
Non-executive director

Rebecca McGrath was appointed 
as a director on 15 September 
2011. Rebecca is Chairman of 
the Health, Safety, Environment 
and Community Committee and 
a member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee and 
the Nominations Committee.

Greg Hayes was appointed as a 
director on 1 October 2014. Greg 
is Chairman of the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee.

Graham Smorgon was appointed 
as a director on 19 December 
2008. Graham is a member of 
the Health, Safety, Environment 
and Community Committee, the 
Nominations Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee.

John Marlay was appointed as a 
director on 20 December 2006. 
John is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee and a 
member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee.

Kathryn Fagg 
FTSE, BE(Hons), MCom(Hons) 
Non-executive director 

Paul Brasher  
BEc(Hons), FCA 
Non-executive Chairman

James Fazzino  
BEc(Hons) 
Managing Director & CEO

Kathryn Fagg was appointed as 
a director on 15 April 2014. 
Kathryn is a member of the 
Health, Safety, Environment and 
Community Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee.

Paul Brasher was appointed as 
a director on 29 September 
2010 and was appointed 
Chairman on 30 June 2012. 
Paul is Chairman of the 
Nominations Committee.

James Fazzino was appointed 
Managing Director & CEO 
on 29 July 2009. James is a 
member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee.

vi

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Executive Team

James Fazzino BEc(Hons) 
Managing Director & CEO

Frank Micallef BBus, MAcc, FCPA,  
FFTA, FAICD 
Chief Financial Officer
Frank Micallef was appointed Chief Financial 
Officer on 23 October 2009. Frank joined 
Incitec Pivot in May 2008 as General 
Manager, Treasury and Chief Financial Officer, 
Trading. Prior to joining Incitec Pivot, Frank 
had significant experience in the explosives 
and mining industries as Global Treasurer 
and Investor Relations Manager at Orica 
Limited and General Manager, Accounting at 
North Limited. Frank has over 15 years’ 
experience raising debt and equity funds 
and in interest rate risk management with 
ASX listed companies. Prior to commencing 
his corporate career, Frank was a senior staff 
member at the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board.

Jamie Rintel BA 
President, Strategy & Business 
Development
Jamie Rintel joined Incitec Pivot in February 
2005, following extensive experience in 
consulting across a range of industries both in 
Australia and overseas. Within Incitec Pivot, 
Jamie has held a number of roles including 
Marketing Manager for Incitec Pivot Fertilisers. 
Jamie was appointed President, Strategy  
& Business Development in June 2008, 
responsible for major growth initiatives across 
the Group, including major capital projects 
and mergers and acquisitions.  
On 1 October 2015, Jamie was appointed 
Chief Operating Officer – WALA.

James Whiteside BAgricSc, 
GradDipBusAdmin, GAICD 
Chief Operating Officer,  
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
James Whiteside joined Incitec Pivot (then 
known as Pivot Limited) in 1992, following 
extensive experience in agricultural companies 
and in consulting. Over that time, James has 
held a number of senior management roles 
including Group Procurement Manager. 

As Chief Operating Officer, Incitec Pivot 
Fertilisers, James is responsible for domestic 
and international fertiliser sales and is also 
the Chief Executive Officer of Quantum 
Fertilisers. He also has executive 
responsibility for global procurement and  
the global supply chain planning process. 

Stephen Dawson BSc(Hons) Mining 
Engineering, MBA 
President, Manufacturing Operations
Stephen Dawson joined Incitec Pivot upon its 
acquisition of Dyno Nobel in 2008, having 
commenced with Dyno Nobel in 1997. 
Stephen commenced his career with British 
Coal and subsequently worked with mining 
companies Amcoal Collieries Limited and 
Randcoal in South Africa, as well as AECI 
Explosives Limited (now AEL) in a variety of 
sales and operational roles. Previously, 
Stephen led the Dyno Nobel industrial 
explosives business in the Asia Pacific region. 
In January 2014, Stephen assumed the 
leadership of Manufacturing Operations 
globally.

Simon Atkinson BBus, CA 
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
& Global Technology
Simon Atkinson joined the Company on its 
merger with Incitec Fertilizers Limited in 
2003, having commenced with Incitec 
Limited in 2001 and Orica Limited in 1999. 
He has extensive commercial and finance 
experience, having previously been the 
Company’s Deputy CFO and Investor 
Relations Manager. In 2009, Simon was 
appointed Global CFO for the Group’s 
explosives business and was subsequently 
appointed to the role of President, Dyno 
Nobel International in May 2010. In January 
2014, Simon was appointed to his current 
role as President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
& Global Technology.

Elizabeth Hunter BBus, MBA  
Chief Human Resources Officer 
Elizabeth Hunter joined Incitec Pivot in 
October 2013. Elizabeth has over 20 years’ 
experience in human resources in Australia 

First row (l to r):  
James Fazzino,  
Frank Micallef,  
Jamie Rintel,  
James Whiteside, 
Stephen Dawson 

Second row (l to r):  
Simon Atkinson,  
Elizabeth Hunter, 
Alan Grace, 
Gary Kubera

and internationally across a range of 
industries including financial services, health, 
infrastructure, industrial contracting and in 
semi-government organisations. She has 
held several senior executive leadership 
roles in publicly listed Australian companies 
with global operations. Elizabeth is a 
member of the Chartered Institute of 
Personnel and Development (UK) and a 
Fellow of the Australian Human Resource 
Institute.

Alan Grace BSc(Hons) Chem Eng.  
President, Strategic Engineering
A qualified Chemical Engineer, Alan Grace 
joined Incitec Pivot in 2000, working at that 
time for Incitec Limited. He has 30 years’ 
experience constructing and operating 
chemical processing plants. He has worked 
on many large projects in the oil and gas, 
petrochemical and chemicals sector, 
including ammonia and ammonium nitrate 
plants. Alan was the Project Director for 
Incitec Pivot’s Moranbah complex during the 
construction phase and, prior to his current 
role, he was the Project Director for the 
Feasibility Study and early stage construction 
of the Ammonia plant in Louisiana, USA.  
In October 2013, Alan was appointed 
President, Strategic Engineering.

Gary Kubera BA Chem, MBA  
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
Gary Kubera was appointed President Dyno 
Nobel Americas in February 2015, bringing a 
wealth of commercial and executive 
leadership experience in the chemicals and 
oil and gas industries. He has held a number 
of senior roles across a range of global 
enterprises including Johnson Polymer, 
McWhorter Technologies Inc and, more 
recently, as President & CEO of the Canexus 
Corporation. Additionally, he is a past 
director of the Alliance for Environment 
Technology and the American Chemistry 
Council, both being industry trade 
organisations.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

vii

Sustainability Report

APPROACH
Sustainability Strategy

Incitec Pivot is committed to operating in a manner which 
acknowledges and proactively manages those issues which are 
most material to the long term sustainability of its business, 
the environment and the communities in which it operates. 
This commitment is driven by the Company’s Values which 
are core to its business. Incitec Pivot defines Sustainability as 
‘the creation of long term economic value whilst caring for our 
people, our communities and our environment’. 
Incitec Pivot’s Sustainability Strategy was formally adopted 
by the Board in September 2010 and was reaffirmed in 2014 
following a review. During this review it was also determined 
that Incitec Pivot should seek to influence suppliers to promote 
alignment with the Company’s corporate values and continue 
the sustainable development of its supply chain (see below).

Continuous Improvement through BEx
Business Excellence (BEx) is Incitec Pivot’s Business System 
through which a culture of continuous improvement is being 
built. BEx is strongly aligned to IPL’s Corporate Values and has 
lean thinking at its core. Through BEx there is continuous 
review, measurement of business performance and 
improvement of the processes and systems that support 
sustainable business practices.

About this report
As in 2014, sustainability performance data has been included in 
this year’s Annual Report, providing a full account of Incitec 
Pivot’s annual economic, environmental, social and governance 
performance in one document. Further information on Incitec 
Pivot’s sustainability performance can be found in the 2015 
Online Sustainability Report and in prior year Sustainability 
Reports on the Incitec Pivot website at www.incitecpivot.com.au.

Content selection
In order to determine the most important topics for 
sustainability reporting, a materiality review is conducted 
biennially. First, key stakeholders who have a direct 
relationship with, or are impacted by, Incitec Pivot’s business 
are identified. A comprehensive list of relevant topics is then 
also identified through a review of risk registers, sector issues, 
business communications, and publicly available information 
on sustainability issues relating to IPL’s business areas. 
Next, issues are numerically scored for prioritisation, according 
to their importance to external stakeholders, by survey. These 
issues are then analysed and prioritised by numerical score 
internally by Incitec Pivot to determine which aspects are 
‘material’ to report. This aligns to the GRI 4 materiality 
approach. Further information on stakeholder engagement 
and the materiality process is contained in the 2015 Online 
Sustainability Report at www.incitecpivot.com.au. 
During the 2015 materiality review, Incitec Pivot’s economic 
performance was identified as an important sustainability 
issue by a wide range of stakeholders including investors, 
shareholders, suppliers, customers, employees and the 
communities in which IPL operates. The other 10 most 
material issues are discussed below. 

WORKPLACE HEALTH AND SAFETY
At Incitec Pivot, the Company value of “Zero Harm for 
Everyone, Everywhere” is prioritised above all others.  
In 2012, Incitec Pivot adopted a five-year Global HSE  
Strategy to achieve world-class safety performance and  
an all worker TRIFR of less than 1 by 2016. Incitec Pivot has in 
place a fully integrated HSEC Management System which 
provides the foundation for effective identification and 
management of health, safety and environmental risks. 

viii

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

This foundation is complemented by the corporate 
commitment to continuous improvement through BEx. 

The 2015 priorities towards achieving Zero Harm were:
•  Continued TRIFR improvement through behavioural safety 

training, identifying the root cause of near misses/incidents 
and management of risk;

•  Embedding effective change management processes into 

key HSE initiatives;

•  Leveraging the learnings from High Potential Incidents 

• 

across the business; and
Integrating ‘Safety Partner’ (behavioural) principles into  
HSE systems and tools.

Tragically in May 2015, a fatality occurred in DNAP’s 
underground operations. Immediately following the fatality, a 
global safety stand down was held for all employees in the 
Group to reflect on the fatality, pay tribute to their colleague 
and remind all personnel of the hazards that they are exposed 
to and the risks they face in their workplace every day.

Performance
The following were highlights for the 2015 year:
•  Achievement of a TRIFR of 0.671, a 31% reduction from 2014.
•  92% of sites were recordable injury free.
•  Near miss reporting increased 175% with investigation  

and problem solving of 100% of ‘high potential’ incidents 
and near misses.

•  Development and release of global Risk Assessment and 

Bow Tie Analysis procedures.

•  Development of a global approach to ‘Permit to Work’ and 

‘Job Step Analysis’ and associated training materials.
•  Specific and comprehensive Executive Team ‘Zero Harm’ 
goals including undertaking safety-focused site walks  
during site visits and taking part in, and reviewing, risk 
assessments and incident investigations.

•  Executive Team member led management reviews of  

high potential incidents and Group wide communication  
of the resulting learnings.

•  The continued roll out of the ‘Safety Partners’ training 

program across the business divisions.

2016 priorities
The following challenges and opportunities have been 
identified for 2016 and will be priorities in maintaining  
Incitec Pivot’s Zero Harm focus:
• 

Implementation of a global ‘Permit to Work’ process  
and a global ‘Job Step Analysis’ process; and

•  Continued focus on risk management and behavioural  

safety training.

Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) is widely recognised as 
the leading reference point in the growing field of sustainability 
investing due to the robustness of the assessment process. Since 
2010 IPL has been included in the DJSI and its performance is 
benchmarked against peers in the global ‘Chemicals’ sector. The 
annual results are represented in the table below. 

Dimension

Economic

Environmental

Social

Total for IPL

Chemicals sector average

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

61

51

37

49

55

61

50

45

51

57

59

51

63

58

55

70

59

68

66

52

65

60

67

64

55

67

51

63

60

58

In 2015, the FTSE Group also confirmed for the second year that 
Incitec Pivot has satisfied the requirements to become a constituent 
of the FTSE4Good Index Series.

1. Subject to finalisation of classification of any pending incidents

GOVERNANCE AND ETHICAL CONDUCT
Incitec Pivot’s highest governing body, the Board of Directors, 
is responsible for charting the direction, policies, strategies and 
financial objectives of the Company. The Board serves the 
interests of the Company and its shareholders, having regard 
to other stakeholders including employees, creditors, 
customers and the community, in a manner designed to  
create and continue to build sustainable value.

The Board Charter, Code of Ethics and other key policies and 
systems which define Incitec Pivot business practices are 
available on the Incitec Pivot website. During the year, IPL’s key 
Board Charters were reviewed and updated to ensure alignment 
with the revised ASX Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations, which took effect in the 2015 financial year. 
In 2016, the IPL Code of Ethics will be reviewed and updated. 

Further information on Governance, including risk oversight 
and management, can be found in the Corporate Governance 
Statement at www.incitecpivot.com.au/Corporate_Governance 
and in the 2015 Online Sustainability Report.

MANAGING, ENGAGING AND ENSURING A 
DIVERSE WORKFORCE 
Incitec Pivot endeavours to be a business where Company 
Values guide behaviours in the workplace and where a 
culturally diverse range of employees have the flexibility,  
tools and freedom to learn what they need to execute 
business objectives within a multi-geography, multi-cultural 
organisation. The Company’s people and culture are the key  
to creating the outstanding business performance required to 
be ‘best in market’ consistent with the Company’s vision.

2015 priorities
Key 2015 priorities were to:
•  Sustainably embed new human resources policies and 

• 

procedures;
Implement and communicate Human Capital metrics  
across the Group to promote increased diversity;

•  Enhance the Incitec Pivot talent management process; and
•  Deepen the Company’s continuous improvement culture  

and capability.

Performance
During 2015, the focus was to utilise and reap the benefits  
of 2014 infrastructure improvements and support Zero Harm 
objectives. A number of new initiatives were also developed 
and implemented which will support Incitec Pivot’s diversity 
objectives. Further reporting on Incitec Pivot’s Diversity 
Strategy can be found in the Corporate Governance Statement 
at www.incitecpivot.com.au/Corporate_Governance.

Key highlights during the year were:
•  Extended coverage of the Global Talent and Succession 

Planning Framework to include IPL’s middle management. 
•  The implementation of online talent management processes 
to enable managers to more effectively plan and develop 
their teams.

•  Maintaining the 2014 target of 2% Indigenous Employment 

across IPL’s Australian businesses.

•  Employee completion of ‘Organisational Climate Surveys’ 

across two of IPL’s business units.

•  Design of training and development KPIs. 
•  Endorsement of the Incitec Pivot Australian Indigenous 
Reconciliation Action Plan by Reconciliation Australia.

•  Development and implementation of a pilot program called 
‘My Potential’. A key component of the diversity program, 
‘My Potential’ is specifically designed to assist women to 
progress into leadership roles. 
Increased utilisation of the IPL Flexible Work Policy which, in 
Australia, saw 85% of women return to work from parental 
leave, with 65% returning to part time roles.

• 

MANAGING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
As an international manufacturer of industrial explosives and 
fertilisers, Incitec Pivot operations have the potential to create 
environmental impacts such as soil and groundwater 
contamination. Incitec Pivot is committed to continuously 
improving the management processes and systems in place to 
make its operations and products more sustainable.

Continuous improvement during the 2015 financial year 
included a further review and simplification of IPL’s Global 
Environmental Standards. BEx methodologies were applied to 
further refine the standards and associated management tools 
that are used daily by sites in order to further mitigate 
potential environmental risks. In addition, reporting of 
incidents across the Australian businesses was changed to a 
risk-based focus which facilitates the collection of ‘potential 
impact’ incidents. Although this has increased the total 
number of environmental incidents reported, it provides a 
more complete and granular data set, proactively addresses 
environmental risks before they manifest, informs the Group’s 
strategies to prevent future incidents, and further engages 
IPL’s employees in recognising and managing a broader range 
of potential environmental impacts.

Performance
Incitec Pivot continues to strive to improve environmental 
performance, and in the 2015 financial year focused on:
•  Remediation of legacy sites, with work completed 

• 

successfully at Cockle Creek in Australia and progress made 
at a number of sites in the United States; and
Increasing environmental incident reporting across the 
Australian businesses to include ‘near miss’ or ‘potential 
impact’ incidents. Further detail on environmental 
compliance, including fines, can be found on page 4.

ENERGY, GREENHOUSE GASES AND WATER
IPL has a strong focus on progressively increasing resource 
efficiency to ensure long term economic and environmental 
sustainability. The manufacture of nitrogen-based products is 
energy intensive because it requires natural gas as both an 
energy source and a raw material. Because CO2 is liberated 
from this natural gas during the manufacturing process, IPL is a 
‘large emitter’ of greenhouse gases (GHG) as defined by the 
Australian Natural Greenhouse and Energy Reporting System.
Water is also a key raw material for manufacturing. In addition 
to IPL’s comprehensive annual risk management process, the 
WBCSD Global Water Tool is completed each year for long term 
projections and reviewed by the Chief Risk Officer. While the 
majority of IPL’s major manufacturing plants are located in 
regions with plentiful natural supplies of water, several smaller 
sites in Australia are located in areas identified by the World 
Business Council of Sustainable Development Water Tool as 
being in areas which may experience water stress in the 
future (2025). At Cheyenne, Wyoming, USA, water resources 
are of particular concern and management involves multiple 
stakeholders. IPL engages with key stakeholders including the 
Wyoming State Engineer’s Office which manages stakeholder 
access to the local groundwater aquifer. In other regions, 
where there is higher rainfall, IPL recognises that water 
management is also important.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

ix

Sustainability Report

Performance
Energy and emissions
Incitec Pivot used 44,070,102 gigajoules (GJ) of energy over the 
past year (2014: 41,248,949), 1,983,644 of which was 
electricity (2014: 1,954,653). The absolute Scope 1 and 2 
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from Incitec Pivot’s global 
operations increased slightly to 2.8 million tonnes due to 
increased production. In line with the sustainability strategy to 
‘Use Less’ and ‘Care for the Environment’, Incitec Pivot’s 
manufacturing plants continued to reduce both energy use and 
carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) emissions through initiatives 
such as lighting reviews, plant energy optimisation projects and 
other continuous improvements.

At Moranbah, Australia, a steam trap audit and replacement 
project in the ammonia plant was completed and cycles in the 
gas fired boilers were increased. These actions will decrease 
natural gas consumption by 34,000 GJ and GHG emissions by 
1750 tCO2e per year. At the Mt Isa, Australia, site, electricity is 
made from waste heat generated during the process of 
making sulphuric acid. By maximising this process during the 
year, purchased electricity was reduced by 15,566,685 kWh, 
which reduced Scope 2 GHG emissions by 13,387 tCO2e. At 
Dinamita, Mexico, solar street lighting and a solar operated 
boiler were installed, and a Business Sustainability Audit was 
conducted at the Simsbury, USA site with the aim of reducing 
energy usage by 10% at the site in 2016. 

Incitec Pivot also continued to invest in NOx reduction 
technology, with work beginning on the design of a Selective 
Catalytic Reduction unit for the Louisiana, Missouri, nitric acid 
plant, which will be installed in 2016. Also in 2015, $90,000 
was directly invested in the nitrous oxide abatement unit at 
Moranbah, Queensland, which reduced potential GHG 
emissions by 559,672 tCO2e.
Water use and discharge
Incitec Pivot’s gross water use in the 2015 financial year, was 
40,172 megalitres (ML), a three percent reduction from 2014. 
Continuous improvements made to reduce water use included 
eliminating steam leaks, increasing boiler cycles to reduce 
blowdown water, and increasing the amount of reused water 
at several sites. At Moranbah, Australia, a new initiative 
reclaimed 95,146 kL of waste water for reuse, and 68,000 
kilolitres (kL) of waste water was reused in the cooling towers 
at Cheyenne, Wyoming, through the use of a mobile reverse 
osmosis unit. At Phosphate Hill in Australia, 199,759 kL of 
water was recovered from waste gypsum stockpiles, also 
recovering valuable phosphates for fertiliser production. 

During 2015, IPL discharged 32,075,547 m3 of water to the 
environment, approximately the same as 2014. Most (97%)  
of this water was clean cooling water that was discharged to 
the rivers from which it was taken, reducing IPL’s net water 
use to 9,059 ML. 

2016 priorities

Key 2016 priorities are to:
• 

Investigate the use of renewable energy within IPL’s 
manufacturing operations;

•  Work with the Australian Federal Government on energy 

and carbon policy to ensure favourable outcomes for both 
business and the environment, and implementing processes 
to meet the new Australian Safeguard Mechanism;

•  Work across the global business to identify and implement 

energy and water efficiencies;

•  Continue the roll out of BEx across all areas of the business, 
including areas which impact on the environment and 
resource efficiencies; and

•  Continue the focus on education, training and awareness to 
further embed principles of sustainable resource use and 
environmental best practice across the business.

GAS SUPPLY
Natural gas supply is an important issue for the Incitec Pivot 
business. In Australia, access to competitively priced gas is a 
well-documented challenge for the manufacturing industry. 
Incitec Pivot believes that it is essential that Australia finds a 
solution that balances the needs of supplying gas to value-
adding manufacturing with those of a strong energy export 
market. The Company will continue to work with Federal and 
State governments on this issue. For more information on this 
issue, see page 14 of this Report.

PRODUCT QUALITY
IPL is committed to providing quality products and services to the 
agricultural, mining and quarrying sectors. IPL’s Fertiliser Quality 
Policy outlines its commitment to providing products and services 
that meet customers’ needs. Fertiliser manufacturing is 
monitored by IPL’s own Quality Control Laboratories and all 
product imports are sourced in compliance with the Fertiliser 
Australia National Code of Practice for Fertiliser Description and 
Labelling. Certificates of Analysis are sought from suppliers and 
the delivered products are then analysed through the Company’s 
Quality Control Laboratories to ensure they are within set Product 
Specifications that meet statutory limits and market needs.
IPL’s Dyno Nobel explosives business is renowned as a global 
provider of innovative explosive products, services and solutions, 
delivering ground-breaking performance to IPL’s customers 
every day. Using BEx principles, product quality is being 
continuously improved by the detection, analysis and correction 
of trends during processing which may impact quality and 
performance. During 2015, a closer working partnership 
between the Company’s research and development laboratories 
and its manufacturing plants continued to improve operating 
procedures, particularly where product analysis is required. 

Total direct and indirect greenhouse  
gas emissions

Water use by source 
Total water used was 40,172 megalitres

Water discharge by destination 
Total water discharged was 32,075,547m3

3.5

Million tonnes of CO2e

30,000

Megalitres

35,000

’000 m3

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Municipal
water

Ground
water

Recycled
water

Storm
water

Surface 
water

Desalinated
 water

Rain
 water

Surface
waters

Ground
water

Sewers

Total water
discharged

Total GHG emissions

Scope 1

Scope 2

Water source

2013/14

2014/15

Waste discharge destination

2013/14

2014/15

x

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

30000

25000

20000

15000

10000

5000

0

35000

30000

25000

20000

15000

10000

5000

0

Continuous improvement to both the formulations and the  
raw materials sourced have resulted in improved product  
quality and enhanced performance. The ‘Marketing & Technology 
Ideas & Work Requests Database’ accepts requests from all over 
the Group for research and development assistance and will 
continue to facilitate improved product quality.
SUSTAINABLE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Incitec Pivot aims to assess and, where feasible, improve the 
environmental and social impacts of all products across their 
life cycle and work with customers to encourage them to use 
these products to achieve the best sustainability outcomes.

Phosphate rock sourcing
Phosphate rock, a naturally occurring mineral rock, is used in 
the production of both single superphosphate (SSP) and 
ammonium phosphate (AP) fertilisers. AP is produced at 
Phosphate Hill, Queensland using phosphate rock from the 
mine adjacent to that plant. At Geelong and Portland plants in 
Victoria, SSP is manufactured using a blend of imported 
phosphate rock. The composition of phosphate rock varies 
according to the place of origin and presents with varying 
levels of phosphorus, cadmium, odour and reactivity which 
must be balanced to produce a product that meets with 
Australian regulations. Further information on phosphate 
sourcing is available on the Incitec Pivot website.

Supplier and customer engagement
Incitec Pivot has processes in place to assess potential and 
current suppliers to ensure sustainability risks are well 
understood and addressed. Potential suppliers are assessed using 
a questionnaire that covers environment, social and governance 
aspects and the Global Procurement team works with suppliers 
on gap closing action plans where required. Contracts between 
Incitec Pivot and major materials suppliers also contain clauses 
that outline Company expectations of suppliers’ workplace 
health, safety and environmental performance. 
During the past year, Incitec Pivot continued to apply BEx 
methodologies to its sustainable supply chain model, with a 
particular focus on successfully reviewing and managing risks 
to supply. The IPL Supplier Code of Conduct is under 
development, and a guideline for IPL to purchase goods and 
services from suppliers local to the Company’s sites has been 
developed. Also during 2015, a working group involving 
Supply Chain, Procurement and Sustainability leadership was 
formed to further progress Supply Chain Sustainability. 
Outcomes have included a reduction in the energy use and 
greenhouse gases of IPL’s major road transport contractors in 
Western Australia and its global shipping contractors in the 
performance of their services for IPL. 

Research and development
Work continued with customers to promote best practice use 
of fertiliser and explosives products, training in agronomy, and 
offering technology which reduces post blast fume as well as 
the leaching of both ammonia and nitrates. 
Highlights during the 2015 financial year were:
•  The continued focus of ongoing fertiliser research and 

development programs on joint development and extension 
with customers.

•  The commercialisation and product roll out of the Australian 
TITAN 9000 high performance explosives emulsion range, 
including Titan 9000xero® technology, which is specially 
formulated to reduce blast fumes.

•  The commercial introduction and rapid customer uptake of 

Entec products in North Queensland, Australia. Entec products 
are enhanced efficiency fertilisers which minimise nitrogen 
losses to the atmosphere and to leaching, reducing the 
environmental impact of their use. 

•  The provision of R&D support to facilitate the internal 

recycling of both high nutrient waste waters and old product 
into manufacturing.

•  The testing of third party recycled customer oils and 

hydrocarbons recovered from non-traditional waste materials 
to replace virgin oils in explosives manufacture.

•  Financial and promotional support of a 6 month ‘Farm Waste 
Recovery’ trial to collect and recycle the fertiliser bags used 
by sugarcane farming customers in northern Australia. 
•  The completion of an Australian Research Council funded 

Linkage Project with the University of Sydney into 
understanding the interaction of ammonium nitrate 
explosives with reactive ground. This project will also provide 
advice to the Australian Explosives Industry Safety Group.

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Ammonia Plant – Waggaman, Louisiana
During 2015, construction of the 800,000 tonne per annum 
ammonia plant remained on track and on budget for production 
in the third quarter of 2016. The safety target for the total 
project was to achieve a TRIFR of 1.05. Over three million man 
hours have been worked to date and the current TRIFR is 0.37.
When operational, the Louisiana ammonia plant will apply the 
industry’s leading technology and will be among the most 
efficient plants of its kind in the world, employing gas purifier 
technology and recapturing steam for reuse. The plant will also 
use the best available Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) 
technology to reduce emissions of nitrogen oxides (NO and 
NO2, referred to collectively as NOx) by up to 98% and will 
source its cooling water sustainably from the plentiful supply 
of the Mississippi River. All wastewater and stormwater 
streams will also be treated onsite and returned as clean 
water to the river, meeting strict water quality limits. 
During 2015, IPL has continued to actively engage with the 
community in Louisiana, and has also maintained regular 
communications with Louisiana Economic Development, 
Jefferson Parish Economic Development Commission, Jefferson 
Parish, and Community Advisory Panel.

CARING FOR THE COMMUNITY 
The Sustainable Communities Policy defines IPL’s approach to 
community relations and community investment, and ensures 
that engagement decisions are made locally, at the site level, 
where community needs are best understood. During 2015, 
$391,406 of community investment was made through IPL’s 
‘Dollar-for-Dollar’ program, the Australian Workplace Giving 
program and various site-based initiatives. 
Due to the nature of the business, some IPL sites are located 
in areas where the materials handled have the potential to 
impact on the communities in which IPL operates. IPL has 
measures in place to monitor, manage and prevent potential 
negative impacts on local communities which may arise. In 
addition, many sites are required by law to communicate 
regularly with the community regarding Community Safety 
Plans and emergency procedures which should be followed to 
keep them safe in the unlikely event of a potential incident. 
In North America, 51% of IPL’s sites fall into this category, and 
these sites actively participate on Local Emergency Planning 
Committees (LEPCs) as part of the ‘Community Right to Know 
Act’. In the Asia Pacific region, 22% of sites have been 
identified, and these follow ‘Safe Work Australia’ guidelines in 
communicating with their communities. In addition, the IPL 
Reputation and Crisis Management manual assists crisis 
management teams to effectively manage communication 
and engagement in the event of an incident.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

xi

Directors’ Report

The directors of Incitec Pivot Limited present the directors’ report, together with the financial report, of the Company and its 
controlled entities (the Group) for the year ended 30 September 2015 and the related auditor’s report.

Directors
The directors of the Company during the financial year and up to the date of this report are:

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

Paul Brasher BEc(Hons), FCA

Non-executive Chairman

Chairman of the Nominations 
Committee

Mr Brasher was appointed as a director on 29 September 2010. He is a non-executive  
director of Amcor Limited and the Deputy Chairman of the Essendon Football Club. He is also 
a former director of Perpetual Limited. From 1982 to 2009, Mr Brasher was a partner of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (and its predecessor firm, Price Waterhouse), including five years as 
the Chairman of the Global Board of PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Mr Brasher brings to the Board his local and global experience as a senior executive and 
director, particularly in the areas of strategy, finance, audit and risk management and public 
company governance, as well as his experience as a non-executive director of Australian 
companies with significant overseas operations. 

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Amcor Limited (since January 2014)
•  Director, Perpetual Limited (November 2009 – August 2015)

Kathryn Fagg FTSE, BE(Hons), 
MCom(Hons) 

Non-executive director 

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Member of the Remuneration 
Committee

Ms Fagg was appointed as a director on 15 April 2014. Ms Fagg is a non-executive member of 
the Reserve Bank of Australia, and is also a non-executive director of Djerriwarrh Investments 
Limited and Boral Limited. She is Chair of the Melbourne Recital Centre and a non-executive 
director of the Breast Cancer Network of Australia. Ms Fagg was previously President of 
Corporate Development at Linfox Logistics Group and, prior to that, she held executive roles 
with BlueScope Steel and Australia and New Zealand Banking Group. Ms Fagg was also a 
consultant with McKinsey and Co.

Ms Fagg brings to the Board extensive executive experience across a range of industries in 
Australia and Asia, including logistics, manufacturing, resources, banking, professional services 
and strategy consulting, as well as her experience in managing international subsidiaries for 
global businesses.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Boral Limited (since September 2014)
•  Director, Djerriwarrh Investments Limited (since May 2014)

Gregory Hayes MAppFin,  
GradDipACC, BA, ACA

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Mr Hayes was appointed as a director on 1 October 2014. Mr Hayes is also a non-executive 
director of Echo Entertainment Group Limited. His prior roles include: Chief Financial Officer 
and Executive Director of Brambles Limited, Chief Executive Officer & Group Managing Director 
of Tenix Pty Ltd, Chief Financial Officer and later interim CEO of the Australian Gaslight 
Company (AGL), CFO Australia and New Zealand of Westfield Holdings and Executive General 
Manager, Finance of Southcorp Limited.

Mr Hayes is an experienced executive having worked across a range of industries including 
energy, infrastructure and logistics. He brings to the Board skills and experience in the areas 
of strategy, finance, mergers and acquisitions and strategic risk management, in particular in 
listed companies with global operations.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Echo Entertainment Group Limited (since April 2015)
•  Director, Brambles Limited (December 2009 to October 2012)

1

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

John Marlay BSc, FAICD

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Mr Marlay was appointed as a director on 20 December 2006. Mr Marlay is Chairman of Cardno 
Limited and a non-executive director of Boral Limited. He is also the independent Chairman of 
Flinders Ports Holdings Limited. Mr Marlay is a former Chief Executive Officer and Managing 
Director of Alumina Limited, a former director of Alesco Corporation Limited, Alcoa of Australia 
Limited and the Business Council of Australia, the former Chairman of the Australian Aluminium 
Council and the former independent Chairman of Tomago Aluminium Company Pty Ltd.

Mr Marlay brings extensive international experience as a public company chief executive, 
operational experience including in manufacturing industries as well as non-executive director 
experience in companies with global operations, particularly in North America.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Chairman, Cardno Limited (since August 2012) and Director (since November 2011)
•  Director, Boral Limited (since December 2009)
•  Director, Alesco Corporation Limited (December 2011 to December 2012)

Rebecca McGrath BTP(Hons),  
MASc, FAICD

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Member of the Nominations 
Committee

Ms McGrath was appointed as a director on 15 September 2011. Ms McGrath is currently a 
non-executive director of OZ Minerals Limited, CSR Limited and Goodman Group. Ms McGrath 
is also a director of Barristers Chambers Limited and Project New Dawn Ltd and a member of 
the Advisory Council at JP Morgan Australia. During her 23 year career with BP plc, Ms 
McGrath held a number of senior roles including as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Board 
member for BP Australia and New Zealand. Ms McGrath is also a former director of Big Sky 
Credit Union Limited.

Ms McGrath brings to the Board over 20 years experience in the international oil industry, 
senior executive experience in operations and finance, an operational and strategic 
understanding of occupational health and safety both as an executive and as a director and 
experience gained through significant exposure to manufacturing and supply chain 
management. 

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Goodman Group (since April 2012)
•  Director, CSR Limited (since February 2012)
•  Director, Oz Minerals Limited (since November 2010)

Graham Smorgon AM 
B.Juris, LLB

Non-executive director

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Member of the Nominations 
Committee

Member of the Remuneration 
Committee

Mr Smorgon was appointed as a director on 19 December 2008. Mr Smorgon is a non-executive 
director of Arrium Limited, Chairman of Smorgon Consolidated Investments and the GBM Group, 
and a Trustee of the Victorian Arts Centre Trust. His former roles include Chairman of the Print 
Mint Group, director of Fed Square Pty Ltd, Chairman of Smorgon Steel Group Ltd, Deputy 
Chairman of Melbourne Health, Director of The Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical 
Research, Chairman of Creative Brands, Chairman of GBM Logic, and partner of law firm Barker 
Harty & Co, where he practised as a commercial lawyer for 10 years. 

Mr Smorgon has extensive experience as both an executive and public company director in 
industries relevant to Incitec Pivot including in resources and manufacturing. He brings to the 
Board skills in the areas of commercial law, public company governance and risk management. 

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Arrium Limited (since September 2007)

James Fazzino BEc(Hons)

Managing Director & CEO

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Mr Fazzino was appointed Managing Director & CEO on 29 July 2009. Mr Fazzino was first 
appointed as a director on 18 July 2005, following his appointment as Chief Financial Officer 
in May 2003. Before joining Incitec Pivot, he had many years’ experience with Orica Limited 
in several business financial roles, including Investor Relations Manager, Chief Financial Officer 
for the Orica Chemicals group and Project Leader of Orica’s group restructure in 2001.  
Mr Fazzino is also Chairman of the Advisory Board for LaTrobe University’s Business School.

Mr Fazzino brings to the Board his deep knowledge of the fertilisers and explosives industries 
including extensive knowledge of the global participants in these markets, as well as 
manufacturing experience. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

2

Directors’ Report

Company Secretary
Ms Daniella Pereira holds the office of Company Secretary. 

Ms Pereira joined the Company in 2004, and was appointed 
Company Secretary on 31 October 2013. Prior to joining the 
Company, Ms Pereira practised as a lawyer with Blake Dawson 
(now Ashurst). Ms Pereira holds a Bachelor of Laws (with 
Honours) and a Bachelor of Arts.

Directors’ interests in share capital
The relevant interest of each director in the share capital of the 
Company, as notified by the directors to the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX) in accordance with section 205G(1) 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), as at the date of this report 
is as follows:

Director
P V Brasher(1)
K Fagg(1)
G Hayes
J Marlay(2)
R J McGrath(2)
G Smorgon AM(2)
J E Fazzino(1)

Fully paid ordinary shares 
Incitec Pivot Limited
60,600
10,000
0
37,926
18,758
13,100 
1,708,180 

(1)  Held both directly and indirectly.
(2)  Held indirectly.

Further details of directors’ interests in share capital are set out 
on page 35 of the Remuneration Report. 

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the course of the 
financial year were the manufacture, trading and distribution of 
fertilisers, industrial explosives and chemicals, and the provision 
of related services. No significant changes have occurred in the 
nature of these activities during the financial year.

Operating and financial review
Refer to the operating and financial review on page 5 for the 
operating and financial review of the Group during the 
financial year and the results of these operations.
Dividends
Dividends paid since the last annual report were:

Type

Paid during the year

2014 final dividend

2015 interim dividend

Paid after end of year
2015 final dividend

Dealt with in the  
financial report as:

Dividends

Subsequent event

Cents 
per 
share

Total 
amount
$mill

Franked/ 
Unfranked

Date of  
payment

7.3

4.4

120.8

10% franked 16 December 2014

73.7

unfranked

1 July 2015

7.4

124.7

60% franked 14 December 2015

Note

6

23

$mill

194.5

124.7

Changes in the state of affairs 
There have been no significant changes to the Group’s state  
of affairs during the financial year.
Events subsequent to reporting date
Since the end of the financial year, in November 2015, the 
directors determined to pay a final dividend for the Company 
of 7.4 cents per share on 14 December 2015. The dividend is 
60% franked (refer to note 6 to the financial statements).

Other than the matters reported on above, the directors have 
not become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since 30 September 2015 that has 
affected or may affect the operations of the Group, the results 
of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in 
subsequent years, which has not been covered in this report.

Directors’ meetings
The number of directors’ meetings held (including meetings of committees of directors) and the number of meetings attended by 
each of the directors of the Company during the financial year are listed below: 

Director – Current (1),(2)
P V Brasher(3)
K Fagg(4)
J Marlay
R J McGrath
G Smorgon AM
G Hayes(5)
J E Fazzino
Director – Former
A C Larkin(6)

Board

Audit and  
Risk Management

Remuneration

Nominations

Health, Safety, 
Environment and 
Community

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

11
11
11
11
11
11
11

3

11
11
11
11
10
10
11

3

5
5

5

1

5
5

5

1

2
4
6

6

2
4
6

6

2

2
2

2

2
2

4

4
4

4

4

4
4

4

 Chairman  

 Member

(1)  ‘Held’ indicates the number of meetings held during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee. 
(2)  ‘Attended’ indicates the number of meetings attended during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee.
(3)  Mr Paul Brasher was appointed as a member of the Remuneration Committee on 19 December 2013 and ceased to be a member of the Remuneration Committee 

on 1 January 2015. 

(4)  Ms Kathryn Fagg was appointed as a member of the Remuneration Committee on 1 January 2015.
(5)  Mr Gregory Hayes was appointed as a director on 1 October 2014, as a member of the Audit and Risk Management Committee on 2 October 2014 and as Chairman 

of the Audit and Risk Management Committee on 19 December 2014.

(6)  Mr Anthony Larkin retired as director on 19 December 2014.

3

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Likely developments
The Operating and Financial Review beginning at page 5 of  
this report contains information on the Company’s business 
strategies and prospects for future financial years, and refers to 
likely developments in the Company’s operations and the 
expected results of these operations in future financial years. 
Information on likely developments in the Company’s business 
strategies, prospects and operations for future financial years 
and the expected results of those operations together with 
details that could give rise to material detriment to the 
Company (for example, information that is commercially 
sensitive, confidential or could give a third party a commercial 
advantage) have not been included in this report where the 
directors believe it would likely result in unreasonable 
prejudice to the Company.

Environmental regulation and performance 
The operations of the Group are subject to environmental 
regulation under the jurisdiction of the countries in which 
those operations are conducted including Australia, United 
States of America, Mexico, Chile, Canada, Indonesia, Papua 
New Guinea and Turkey. The Group is committed to complying 
with environmental legislation, regulations, standards and 
licences relevant to its operations.

The environmental laws and regulations generally address 
certain aspects and potential impacts of the Group’s activities 
in relation to, among other things, air and noise quality, soil, 
water, biodiversity and wildlife.

The Group operates under a Global Health, Safety and 
Environment Management System which sets out guidelines  
on the Group’s approach to environmental management, 
including a requirement for sites to undertake an 
Environmental Site Assessment.

In certain jurisdictions, the Group holds licences for some of its 
operations and activities from the relevant environmental 
regulator. The Group measures its compliance with such 
licences and reports statutory non-compliances as required.

Measurement of the Group’s environmental performance, 
including determination of areas of focus and assessment of 
projects to be undertaken, is based not only on the actual 
impact of incidents, but also upon the potential consequence, 
consistent with Incitec Pivot’s risk based focus.

During the year, the Group has continued to focus on 
remediation of legacy sites. Remediation works have been 
completed successfully at Cockle Creek in Australia and 
progress was also made at a number of sites in the US. 

For the 2015 financial year, the Group received two fines for 
environmental incidents: a fine of A$5,692 in relation to a loss 
of containment in Australia, and a fine of US$42,614 for failure 
to file certain reports regarding a site in the US. 

Indemnification and insurance of officers
The Company’s Constitution provides that, to the extent 
permitted by law, the Company must indemnify any person who 
is, or has been, a director or secretary of the Company against 
any liability incurred by that person including any liability incurred 
as an officer of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company  
and legal costs incurred by that person in defending an action. 

The Constitution further provides that the Company may enter 
into an agreement with any current or former director or 
secretary or a person who is, or has been, an officer of the 
Company or a subsidiary of the Company to indemnify the 
person against such liabilities. 

The Company has entered into Deeds of Access, Indemnity and 
Insurance with officers. The Deeds address the matters set out 
in the Constitution. Pursuant to those deeds, the Company has 
paid a premium in respect of a contract insuring officers of the 
Company and officers of its controlled entities against liability 
for costs and expenses incurred by them in defending civil or 
criminal proceedings involving them as such officers, with 
some exceptions. The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure 
of the nature of the liability insured against and the amount of 
the premium paid. 
Auditor 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu continues in office in accordance 
with section 327B(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 
Non-audit services 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu has provided non-audit services to 
the amount of $202,700 during the year ended 30 September 
2015 (refer note 22 to the financial statements).

As set out in note 22 to the financial statements, the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee must approve individual non-
audit engagements provided by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
above a value of $100,000, as well as the aggregate amount 
exceeding $250,000 per annum. Further, in accordance with its 
Charter, during the year the Committee has continued to 
monitor and review the independence and objectivity of the 
auditor, having regard to the provision of non-audit services. 
Based on the advice of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee, the directors are satisfied that the provision of 
non-audit services, during the year, by the auditor (or by 
another person or firm on the auditor’s behalf) is compatible 
with the general standard of independence for auditors 
imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 and does not 
compromise the external auditor’s independence.
Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
The lead auditor has provided a written declaration that no 
professional engagement for the Group has been carried out 
during the year that would impair Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu’s 
independence as auditor.

The lead auditor’s independence declaration is set out on  
page 37.
Rounding
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Class Order 
98/100 dated 10 July 1998 and, in accordance with that Class 
Order, the amounts shown in this report and in the financial 
statements have been rounded off, except where otherwise 
stated, to the nearest one hundred thousand dollars.
Corporate Governance Statement
The Company complies with the Australian Securities Exchange 
Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations  
3rd Edition (ASX Principles). Incitec Pivot’s Corporate 
Governance Statement, which summarises the Company’s 
corporate governance practices and incorporates the  
disclosures required by the ASX Principles, can be viewed  
at www.incitecpivot.com.au/Corporate_Governance.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

4

Directors’ Report

Operating and Financial Review

Group Overview

Incitec Pivot Limited is an industrial chemicals company that 
supplies fertilisers and industrial explosives products and 
services to the agriculture and mining industries. Through Dyno 
Nobel, Incitec Pivot is a leading supplier of industrial explosives 
and blasting services to the mining, quarrying, seismic and 
construction industries in North America and to the mining 
industry in Asia Pacific, principally Australia. Incitec Pivot 
Fertilisers is Australia’s largest supplier of fertilisers, dispatching 
around 1.9 million tonnes each year for use in the grain, cotton, 
pasture, dairy, sugar and horticulture industries. 

The Company has operations in Australia, North America, 
Europe, Asia, Latin America and Africa. 

Incitec Pivot operates through three business units, details of 
which are set out in this review:
•  Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (“DNAP”);
•  Dyno Nobel Americas (“DNA”); and
•  Fertilisers (Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (“IPF”) and  

Southern Cross International (“SCI”)).

Zero Harm

Incitec Pivot prioritises the “Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere” 
company value above all others. The Company’s approach to 
workplace health and safety focuses on four key areas known as 
the ‘4Ps’: Passionate Leadership, People, Procedures and Plant 
and is underpinned by the corporate commitment to continuous 
improvement through Business Excellence (“BEx”). 

Incitec Pivot has in place a fully integrated Health, Safety and 
Environment (“HSE”) management system which provides the 
foundation for effective identification and management of health, 
safety and environmental risks.

Tragically, in May 2015 a fatality occurred in DNAP’s underground 
operations. The Company held a global safety stand-down for all 
5,500 employees in the Group to reflect on the fatality, pay tribute 
to their colleague and remind all personnel of the hazards they are 
exposed to and the risks they face in their workplace every day. 

In 2012, Incitec Pivot adopted a five year Global HSE Strategy to 
achieve world class safety performance and have an all worker 
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)(1) of less than 1.0 by 
2016. For the 2015 financial year, the Company delivered a TRIFR 
of 0.67(2) continuing its trend of improvement and reflecting the 
changing safety culture within the business. As demonstrated in 
the chart below, the Group’s safety performance as measured by 
TRIFR has improved by more than 65 percent in the last six years.

Incitec Pivot Group TRIFR – Sep 2009 to Sep 2015

Sep 09:
2.13

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

Long term
trend

Sep 15: 
0.67

Although TRIFR is improving, the Group’s safety record can still be 
improved, as we continue to strive towards zero harm. Zero harm 
is possible, as it is the outcome achieved on the majority of the 
Group’s sites every day. “Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere” is, 
and continues to be, the Group’s highest priority.

Strategy
As an industrial chemicals company, Incitec Pivot’s strategy is 
to leverage dislocations in the world’s two largest economies, 
being the industrialisation and urbanisation of Asia and the shale 
gas revolution in the USA. Incitec Pivot executes its strategy by 
positioning itself on the input side of the value chain, leveraging core 
nitrogen and high explosives chemicals manufacturing expertise and 
servicing customers via aligned downstream businesses. 

Industrialisation 
of Asia
+
Shale gas 
revolution

Core nitrogen 
manufacturing

Input side  
of value chain

Customer 
aligned 
downstream 
businesses

In the medium term, Incitec Pivot’s growth is linked to the recovery 
and re-industrialisation of the United States through the DNA 
business and the investment in the Louisiana ammonia plant.

With the medium term growth platform set, the immediate focus 
for all businesses is now firmly on optimising existing manufacturing 
assets, improving productivity and executing strategies to maximise 
returns. BEx, Incitec Pivot’s globally integrated continuous 
improvement system, aims to drive sustainable and ongoing 
business efficiency and productivity through an empowered and 
engaged workforce. 

Louisiana Ammonia Plant

On 17 April 2013, Incitec Pivot announced an investment of 
$US850m to build an 800,000 metric tonne per annum ammonia 
plant in Louisiana, USA (“WALA”). The project is approximately 90 
percent complete with construction and costs on track. Production 
is anticipated to commence in the third quarter of the 2016 
calendar year and the key business case financial metrics remain 
intact. From late 2016, the project will drive significant earnings 
growth in DNA by capturing the US ammonia manufacturing 
margin.

In the past year, $256.4m of growth capital has been allocated 
toward the project. All major structures were completed, including 
the ammonia tank, the cooling tower, various steel plant structures 
and the control room. The installation and alignment of the 
reformers, absorber and compressors were completed and 85 
percent of all piping is in place. More than 60 percent of electrical 
cable has been installed and the main control system was installed 
and is going through field check-out. The ammonia pipeline was 
charged and rail and barge load out facilities have been completed.

Sep
09

Sep
10

Sep
11

Sep
12

Sep
13

Sep
14

Sep
15

(1) TRIFR is expressed as the number of recordable injuries per 200,000 hours worked.
(2) Subject to finalisation of the classification of any pending incidents. 

5

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

Stage 1 of the truck load out facility is completed and stage 2 
work is underway. The turnover and commissioning team is on 
site. Cooling tower and water treatment plant pre commissioning 
activities are underway and the natural gas feed line has been 
flushed and cleaned. The DNA operations team is in place and 
training is progressing to plan.

Cumulative capital expenditure on the plant to 30 September 
2015 was approximately $US634m. Full year 2016 capital 
expenditure is expected to be $US216m, bringing the total 
project cost to $US850m upon completion. In addition, interest 
will be capitalised during construction.

Business Excellence (“BEx”)

BEx is Incitec Pivot’s continuous improvement system. 
Through BEx, the Company is building a culture of continuous 
improvement within its businesses, which will support productivity 
improvements, the focus on Zero Harm and the furtherance of 
sustainability initiatives. BEx is strongly aligned to Incitec Pivot’s 
corporate values and has lean principles at its core – it is about 
eliminating waste in all its forms. 

BEx has completed its third full year and has been implemented 
in a comprehensive manner in most areas and regions of 
the business. Through investing in the Group’s people and 
empowering them to drive productivity from the ground up, 
the benefits of BEx in changing the way the Group conducts its 
business operations are becoming visible. 

Group Financial Performance Review

Incitec Pivot has delivered profit growth in the face of 
challenging markets. Strong financial discipline coupled with 
BEx, continues to drive efficiency, productivity gains and 
earnings growth. 

INCITEC PIVOT GROUP  
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Sales revenue
EBITDA ex IMIs(1)
EBIT ex IMIs(2)
NPAT ex IMIs(3)
IMIs

NPAT attributable to shareholders

Business Segment EBIT

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (“DNAP”)
Dyno Nobel Americas (“DNA”)
Intercompany Elimination
Explosives

Southern Cross International (“SCI”)
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (“IPF”)
Intercompany Elimination
Fertilisers

Year Ended 30 September

2015
$Amill

3,643.3
825.6
576.5
398.6
–

398.6

192.7
181.7
1.6
376.0

174.9
50.3
(1.1)
224.1

2014
$Amill

3,352.0
742.7
519.4
356.3
(109.2)

247.1

203.3
165.7
1.5
370.5

79.6
103.7
0.1
183.4

Change
%

9%
11%
11%
12%

61%

(5%)
10%

1%

120%
(51%)

22%

(1)   EBITDA ex IMIs = Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation, 

excluding Individually Material Items (“IMIs”).

(2)   EBIT ex IMIs = Earnings Before Interest, Tax, excluding IMIs.
(3)   NPAT ex IMIs = Net Profit After Tax attributable to shareholders of Incitec 

Pivot, excluding IMIs. 

FY15 EBIT by Segment

DNAP  32%
Fertilisers  37%
DNA  31%

Net Profit After Tax excluding Individually Material Items (“NPAT 
ex IMIs”) increased by 12 percent, or $42.3m to $398.6m (2014: 
$356.3m), largely reflecting strong manufacturing performance 
at Phosphate Hill and the benefit of the lower $A. 

DNAP  32%

Group sales revenue increased by nine percent, or $291.3m,  
to $3,643.3m (2014: $3,352.0m). Fertiliser revenue was higher, 
reflecting the positive impact of the higher $A global fertiliser 
prices and stronger production from Phosphate Hill. Explosives 
revenue was higher, driven primarily by sales growth to 
customers of the Moranbah ammonium nitrate plant 
(“Moranbah”) and the translation benefit of the lower  
$A on DNA’s $US revenues. 

DNA  31%

The Explosives business was resilient in challenging markets. 
DNA explosives $A EBIT increased due to a favourable foreign 
exchange translation. Overall, DNA’s $US EBIT declined due to 
lower global commodity prices impacting profit from fertiliser 
sales and lower earnings from the Coal and Metal & Mining 
(“M&M”) segments. Partially offsetting these negatives were 
the benefits of growth in Quarry & Construction (“Q&C”) 
segment, price improvements and efficiencies generated by BEx. 
DNAP earnings contracted due to mine closures, customer cost 
reduction and efficiency programs, services margins and 
insourcing at some mines, only partially offset by earnings 
growth from Moranbah. Moranbah produced strongly against 
nameplate capacity producing 320kt.

Fertilisers  37%

The Fertilisers business delivered strong EBIT growth. The lower 
$A and stronger manufacturing performance at Phosphate Hill 
contributed to significant earnings growth, which was partially 
offset by higher gas costs for the period. Distribution margins 
have declined predominantly due to competitive forces and 
seasonal impacts on margins, timing of urea purchases and 
reduced production volume from the Gibson Island plant, which 
is now in its fifth and final year of its five year operating 
campaign. Phosphate Hill and Mt Isa produced at record rates in 
2015, with production of 1,043kt of ammonium phosphates. 

A detailed analysis of the performance of each business 
segment is provided on the following pages.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

6

 
 
Explosives

Fertilisers

17.5%

15.0

12.5

10.0

7.5

5.0

2.5

0

Directors’ Report

FY11

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15

Group Financial Position Review

Incitec Pivot’s Balance Sheet at 30 September 2015 reflects the 
ongoing financial discipline throughout the business. 

INCITEC PIVOT GROUP 

Balance Sheet

Trade Working Capital – Fertilisers
Trade Working Capital – Explosives
Net property plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Environmental & restructure provisions
Tax liabilities
Net other liabilities

Net Debt(1)

Net Assets
Equity

Year Ended 30 September

2015
$Amill

2014
$Amill

Change
$Amill

(161)
169
4,004
3,346
(112)
(530)
(739)

(136)
197
3,511
2,992
(113)
(360)
(204)

(1,289)

(1,480)

4,688
4,688

4,407
4,407

(25)
(28)
493
354
1
(170)
(535)

191

281
281

Balance Sheet Key Performance Indicators 

Net tangible assets per share ($)

Fertilisers – Average TWC % Rev(2)

Explosives – Average TWC % Rev(2)

Group – Average TWC % Rev(2)

 0.80 

0.8%

11.1%

6.9%

 0.85 

1.4%

12.2%

8.0%

Financing Key Performance Indicators 

Operating cash flow
Interest cover (times)(3) 
Net Debt/EBITDA (times)(1),(4)

$756.2
9.7x
1.6x

$535.2
9.1x
2.0x

$221.0

(1)   ‘Net Debt’ aggregates interest bearing liabilities plus the fair value of 

derivative instruments in place economically to hedge the Group’s interest 
bearing liabilities, less available cash and cash equivalents.

(2)   Average TWC % Rev = 13 month average trade working capital/Annual 

Revenues.

(3)   Interest cover = 12 month rolling EBITDA excluding IMIs/net interest expense.
(4)   Net Debt/EBITDA is based on Net Debt at point in time/last 12 month 

historical EBITDA excluding IMIs.

Operating cash flow increased by 41 percent or $221.0m to 
$756.2m (2014: $535.2m) driven by strong growth in EBITDA 
and reduction in Trade Working Capital (“TWC”). TWC decreased 
by $53m from 30 September 2014 to $8m, primarily due to 
improved stock turns leading to lower inventory levels and the 
timing of fertiliser imports, partially offset by the impact of 
foreign exchange on $US balances. The Group’s lower average 
13 month TWC as a percentage of the Group’s annual revenues 
reflected Incitec Pivot’s continuous focus on efficient cash 
management, driven by BEx.

Net property, plant and equipment increased by $493m to 
$4,004m from 30 September 2014. The significant items in this 
movement include capital expenditure on WALA of $A256.4m 
(2014: $388.4m), sustenance capital expenditure of $100.0m 
(2014: $256.9m), a positive foreign currency translation of non 
$A denominated assets of $317.1m and depreciation of 
$219.4m.

The intangible assets balance increased by $354m due to a 
positive translation of foreign currency denominated intangible 
assets ($378.5m), partially offset by amortisation of intangibles 
($29.7m).

Environmental and other provisions were in line with the prior 
year at $112m (2014: $113m). 

7

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Tax liabilities increased by $170m to $530m (2014: $360m) 
Earnings per share (before individually material items)
primarily due to the impact of foreign exchange movements on 
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
$US tax liabilities, the difference between tax and accounting 
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year
depreciation rates related to capital spend and the recoupment 
of US chemical credits.

35 Cents

30

25

20

15

Net other liabilities increased by $535m from September 2014, 
largely due to unfavourable market value movements of 
derivative hedging instruments (offsetting the foreign exchange 
movements in $US net assets) and movements in the 
retirement benefit obligations, partially offset by the positive 
translation benefit of equity accounted investments.

10

5

0

2011

2015
The chart below illustrates the tenor and diversity of the 
Company’s debt book, with funding secure throughout the 
construction phase of the Louisiana ammonia plant. 

2012

2013

2014

1200  AUDm

Available limits

Drawn funds

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Maturity
Date

144A
USD500m

Bank Facility
AUD568m

Bank Facility
USD553m

Bond
AUD200m

144A
USD800m

Bank Facility
USD400m

Dec 15

Aug 18

Aug 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 20

At 30 September 2015, Incitec Pivot’s net debt was $1.3bn 
(2014: $1.5bn), with committed headroom available of $2.1bn 
(2014: $1.5bn), representing the $1.5bn undrawn syndicated 
bank facility and cash on hand at 30 September 2015. 

Two new syndicated facility agreements (“SFA”) were put in 
place during the year, a three year $A and $US facility and a five 
year $US facility. The new SFA will be used to repay the US$500m 
144A bond which matures in December 2015. 

The Net Debt/EBITDA result of 1.6 times (2014: 2.0 times) 
remains within the target range of ≤2.5 times, notwithstanding 
the current investment being made in WALA. Interest cover 
improved over the 12 months, up to 9.7 times (2014: 9.1 times).

Investment of Capital

Incitec Pivot’s capital allocation process is centralised and 
overseen by the Corporate Finance and Strategy & Business 
Development functions. Capital is invested on a prioritised basis 
and all submissions are assessed against Incitec Pivot’s risk, 
financial, strategic and corporate governance criteria. Capital is 
broadly categorised into major growth initiatives, minor growth 
capital and sustenance capital. In line with the strategy, major 
growth initiatives continue to receive the vast majority of the 
Company’s growth capital. 

INCITEC PIVOT GROUP

Capital Expenditure

Major growth initiatives 
Minor growth capital
Sustenance capital
Total Capital

Year Ended 30 September

2015
$Amill

2014
$Amill

Change
$Amill

256.4
16.4
100.0
372.8

388.4
17.1
256.9
662.4

(132.0)
(0.7)
(156.9)
(289.6)

 
 
 
 
DNAP  32%
Fertilisers  37%
DNA  31%

FY15 Capital Spend Allocation

Major Growth Initiatives  69%
Sustenance Capital  27%
      Minor Growth Capital    4%

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific

FY15 EBIT Contribution – DNAP

DNAP  32%

Major growth initiatives of $256.4m represents the investment into 
the build of WALA in 2015. Minor growth capital of $16.4m (2014: 
$17.1m) was tightly controlled given the capital funding being 
channelled into WALA. Sustenance capital in 2015 was $100.0m, 
with the major items being the St Helens turnaround and control 
system upgrade, completion of the new Phosphate Hill gypsum 
cell and preparatory work for the 2016 Gibson Island (“GI”)
turnaround. Sustenance spend will vary annually according to the 
turnaround work completed in each year. Following significant 
turnaround activity and spend in 2014, the 2015 turnaround 
schedule was considerably lighter than an average year. 

Shareholder Returns & Dividends

Earnings per share excluding IMIs (“EPS ex IMIs”) increased ten 
percent to 23.8cps (2014: 21.7cps).

INCITEC PIVOT GROUP 

Shareholder Returns

EPS ex IMIs(1)
EPS
Dividend per share(2)

Year Ended 30 September

2015
cents per 
share

2014
cents per 
share

Change
%

23.8
23.8
11.8

21.7
15.0
10.8

10%
59%
9%

(1)  EPS ex IMIs = Earnings Per Share, excluding IMIs.
(2)   Dividend declared in respect of the financial year. 

Since the end of the financial year, in November 2015, the 
directors determined to pay a final dividend for the Company of 
7.4 cents per share on 14 December 2015. The dividend is 60 
percent franked. This brings the total dividend in respect of the 
2015 financial year to 11.8 cents per share. The dividend 
represents a payout ratio of 50 percent.

IPL will maintain its dividend reinvestment plan (“DRP”). No 
discount will be applied in determining the offer price under  
the DRP. This will be executed in a manner that ensures there  
will be no dilutive effect.

Company Outlook

BEx will continue to deliver benefits in 2016. The quantum of 
benefits in any one year is difficult to predict. A net benefit of  
at least $25m is the goal.

Corporate costs for 2016 are expected to remain in the range of 
$22m to $24m.

2016 net borrowing costs are expected to be approximately 
$90m assuming a slight increase in US interest rates, 
capitalisation of interest related to WALA ceasing in the third 
calendar quarter of 2016 and the $US500m 144A bond being 
repaid from existing bank facilities. The full year effective tax 
rate is expected to be approximately 22 to 24 percent. 

The business units’ outlook commentary follows within the 
respective business performance overviews. 

Overview

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (“DNAP”) is a leading supplier of 
industrial explosives and blasting services to the mining 
industry across Australia, Indonesia and Papua New Guinea 
(“PNG”). In particular, DNAP supplies industrial explosives and 
blasting services to surface and underground miners in the 
thermal coal, metallurgical coal, iron ore and other mining 
sectors. DNAP is the second largest explosives supplier in 
Australia – the third largest explosives market in the world.

DNA  31%

Strategy

DNAP’s strategy is to invest in capability to maximise returns 
across markets directly linked to the industrialisation of Asia.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY 
– DNAP

Revenue
EBIT

Performance

Year Ended 30 September

Fertilisers  37%
2015
$Amill

910.8
192.7

2014
$Amill

897.0
203.3

Change
%

2%
(5%)

Overall DNAP’s EBIT was down $10.6m or five percent to 
$192.7m (2014: $203.3m). The DNAP business faced some 
significant headwinds in 2015, with customer mine closures and 
customers continuing their cash flow optimisation focus and 
looking to drive down costs through efficiency programs. Earnings 
from Moranbah grew in 2015, in line with production growth. In 
addition, Indonesian earnings declined due to challenging market 
conditions.

Market Summary

Total ammonium nitrate (“AN”) sales volumes were up five 
percent in 2015. Across all Australian markets, cost focused 
customers changed blasting patterns (slightly reducing explosives 
intensity), moved to lower cost products, closed mines, increased 
services productivity and insourced services at some sites. 
Australia will continue to be a challenging market with 
impending over capacity of regionally produced AN.

Coal (East Coast including Moranbah) 

Coal region sales accounted for 58 percent of total AN sales,  
with growth of four percent over 2014. With similar weather 
conditions to the previous year and a small increase in 
production, Bowen Basin AN volumes grew modestly. Moranbah 
ran well, producing 320kt of ammonium nitrate against a 
nameplate capacity of 330kt. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

8

 
 
 
Directors’ Report

DNAP  32%

Fertilisers  37%

DNA  31%

DNAP  32%

Iron Ore (Western Australia (“WA”))

Dyno Nobel Americas

Iron Ore sales accounted for 25 percent of the AN volumes, with 
an increase of six percent over 2014. Despite the volume 
increase, earnings in this region contracted as growth from 
increased volume was more than offset by the negative 
earnings impact of existing customers’ cost reduction activities. 

FY15 EBIT Contribution – DNA

Hard Rock & Underground (1) 

DNA  31%

Hard Rock & Underground sales accounted for 10 percent of the 
AN volumes in this period. AN volumes were 15 percent higher 
for the year, due to increased mining by customers in PNG and 
the WA goldfields. Many Australian customers in this segment 
continue to focus on cash flow optimisation and reducing mining 
costs by closing mines, mining higher grade pits where possible, 
processing stockpiles and scaling back development of 
underground block caving operations.

Indonesia(1)

Indonesia accounted for seven percent of the AN volumes. In 
the year, volumes grew modestly as a result of some one-off 
spot sales and stronger than usual volumes with several 
customers due to a longer dry season than normal. 

Overview

Dyno Nobel Americas (“DNA”) is a leading supplier of industrial 
explosives and blasting services to the mining, quarrying and 
construction industries. DNA is a market leader in North 
America – the largest explosives market in the world. DNA also 
includes earnings from industrial explosives products and 
services sold to customers in Latin America and initiating 
systems and related products globally.

Fertilisers  37%

Additionally, DNA supplies nitrogen based products to several 
agricultural and industrial chemical markets in North America.

Nitromak

Strategy

Nitromak is a Turkish subsidiary, acquired as part of the Dyno 
Nobel acquisition in 2008. Nitromak earnings held reasonably 
constant in 2015. Given regional instability and increased 
competition in the Turkish explosives market, this is a solid 
result in a challenging market. 

DNA’s strategy is to produce improved and sustainable 
earnings by leveraging established infrastructure, brand and 
channel strategies, as well as to capitalise on industry size  
to build scale and expertise which can be deployed into  
other markets. 

Outlook

Australia will continue to be a challenging explosives market 
due to sustained low commodity prices, limited demand growth 
and the impending over capacity of regionally produced AN. It 
is expected that customers will continue to review the viability 
of high cost mining operations, continue their cash flow 
optimisation focus and look to drive down their costs through 
efficiency programs. Product and services margins will continue 
to be challenged in 2016.

Arrow, a party to the joint venture that supplies gas to the 
Moranbah plant, has stated that the gas supply reduction at 
Moranbah is not expected to persist beyond calendar year 
2016. While noting the uncertainty as to the extent of the 
supply reduction and its impacts, the impact for financial year 
2016 if there were to be a sustained and consistent 20 percent 
reduction in gas supply over the 12 month period, is estimated 
to be in the order of $22m NPAT. 

Consistent with soft global mining markets, the Turkish and 
Indonesian explosives markets are both challenging. DNAP’s 
earnings from Indonesia are expected to decline in 2016 and 
Nitromak earnings are expected to be flat in 2016.

(1)    In previous Annual Reports, DNAP’s PNG volumes were in the ‘Indonesia and 
PNG’ segment. DNAP’s PNG volumes are now included in the ‘Hard Rock and 
Underground’ segment, as the PNG market is predominantly Hard Rock and 
Underground mining. 

9

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

FINANCIAL SUMMARY 
– DNA

$Am
Revenue
EBIT

$USm
Revenue
EBIT

Performance

Year Ended 30 September

2015
$mill

2014
$mill

Change
%

1,268.7
181.7

1,205.2
165.7

5%
10%

996.1
141.1

1,109.9
152.8

(10%)
(8%)

DNA’s $A EBIT increased $16.0m or 10 percent to $181.7m 
(2014: $165.7m) due to the weaker $A. DNA’s $US EBIT 
decrease of $11.7m or eight percent to $141.1m (2014: 
$152.8m) was primarily due to lower fertiliser prices negatively 
impacting revenue in the North American agricultural business 
and slightly lower earnings in the explosives business.

DNA’s EBIT decline was due to the impact of challenging 
markets, with reduced coal and metals volumes due to lower 
demand in coal and mining markets and the closure of 
Canadian iron ore and metallurgical coal mines. DNA again 
delivered strong volume growth in the Q&C market and is 
placed well for the continued recovery of this market. The net 
sales volume reduction combined with an increase in purchased 
ammonia costs and the unfavourable translation impact of the 
weaker Canadian dollar negatively impacted $US earnings in 
the period. These negatives were partially offset by improved 
margins driven by a combination of price increases and  
product and customer mix improvements, and benefits  
gained through BEx. 

The DNA Agriculture & Industrial Chemicals (“Ag&IC”) business 
was negatively impacted by the lower realised fertiliser prices.

 
 
 
DNAP  32%

Fertilisers  37%

DNA  31%

DNAP  32%

The negative impact of lower production due to the turnaround 
and controls system upgrade at St Helens (commenced 
September 2015) was offset by BEx efficiency gains throughout 
the year. 

Market Summary

Quarry & Construction (“Q&C”)

Q&C accounted for 23 percent of total AN volume. Q&C volumes 
are driven by the public construction, residential and non-
residential construction industries. Overall, sales volumes  
were up 11 percent, with growth concentrated in the western 
and southern states. The growth was driven by industrial 
construction, state infrastructure spending and related activity. 
DNA remains well positioned for the continued recovery in  
this market.

Coal

Coal accounted for 48 percent of total AN volumes. Sales volumes 
were down 22 percent, reflecting the closure of a Canadian 
metallurgical coal customer, continued deterioration of the 
Appalachian region, lost business in the Illinois Basin and a 
negative seasonal impact to volumes into the Powder River Basin. 

Metals & Mining (“M&M”)

M&M accounted for 29 percent of total AN volumes. Sales 
volumes were down 19 percent, due to the impact of mine 
closures (Canadian iron ore), reduced seismic activity, miners’ 
cost efficiency programs and some lost business in eastern 
Canadian iron ore. Customers’ cost efficiency programs are 
driving reduced mining operating spend, cuts to capital 
expenditure and mining operations’ concentration on high 
grade pits. 

Outlook

Market conditions in Coal and M&M are expected to continue to 
be challenging in 2016. The remaining impact of the 2014 
contract wins and losses will flow into 2016. Q&C market 
growth is forecast to be approximately five percent. A net 
negative volume impact of approximately five percent is likely 
in 2016, albeit with a positive mix of Q&C growth. With North 
American and global mining markets challenged, initiating 
systems volumes are expected to be weaker in 2016. 

Ag&IC production volumes are expected to be in line with 2015 
as St Helens will remain offline during October and early 
November for the completion of the planned maintenance 
turnaround and control system upgrade.

WALA is expected to be commissioned in the third quarter of 
calendar 2016. WALA is expected to deliver DNA earnings 
growth post commissioning. 

EBIT Sensitivities

The table below shows the sensitivities associated with the 
DNA business:

Sensitivity (per annum)

DNA: Urea (NOLA FOB)(1)

+/-$US10/st = +/-$US1.8m

DNA: Forex – translation of Explosives earnings(2)

+/- 1 cent = -/+$A2.3m

Assumptions:
(1)   180,000 short tonnes (DNA urea equivalent actual FY15 production) urea 

equivalent sales.

(2)  Based on 2015 US dollar denominated EBIT and the 2015 average exchange 
rate of $A/$US0.7868 (representing the average exchange rate in the twelve 
month period ended 30 September 2015).

DNA  31%

Fertilisers (Incitec Pivot Fertilisers and 
Southern Cross International)

FY15 EBIT Contribution – IPF & SCI

Fertilisers  37%

Overview

Southern Cross International (“SCI”) sells manufactured fertiliser 
in Australia, and actively markets its product in offshore 
markets such as South East Asia and Latin America, via 
Quantum Fertilisers, an Incitec Pivot subsidiary. In addition, SCI 
sells manufacturing by-products and fertiliser products into non-
Agricultural markets through its Industrial Chemicals business. 

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (“IPF”) is Australia’s largest supplier of 
fertilisers, dispatching around 1.9 million tonnes each year for 
use in the grain, cotton, pasture, dairy, sugar and horticulture 
industries. Bulk and packaged fertiliser products are distributed 
to farmers through a network of more than 200 business 
partners and agents. IPF supports farmers in eastern Australia, 
from tropical fruit growers in north Queensland to dairy 
producers in Tasmania, and sources fertilisers from the Group’s 
GI plant, Geelong and Portland single superphosphate (“SSP”) 
plants, SCI and imports. IPF also manufactures various industrial 
chemical products used in water treatment, process 
manufacturing and other industrial applications.

Strategy

The Fertilisers strategy is to maximise value by leveraging asset 
positions and alternative channels to market to maximise 
returns and reduce volatility in earnings.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY 
– FERTILISERS

SCI
Revenue
EBIT

IPF
Revenue
EBIT

Performance

Year Ended 30 September

2015
$Amill

2014
$Amill

Change
%

755.2
174.9

542.8
79.6

39%
120%

1,034.5
50.3

953.2
103.7

9%
(51%)

SCI’s EBIT increased by $95.3m or 120 percent to $174.9m 
(2014: $79.6m). A number of factors contributed to SCI’s strong 
result:

•  The benefit of the lower $A compared to prior year, and a 
slightly stronger global di-ammonium phosphate (“DAP”)
price.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

10

 
Directors’ Report

•  Phosphate Hill and Mt Isa plants ran at record rates, 

Outlook

Given the potential material impact of movements in fertiliser 
prices and foreign exchange markets on the Group result, the 
Fertiliser business does not provide price forecasts. The 
domestic market outlook is being significantly influenced by a 
very hot, dry spring and the growing probability of a significant 
El Nino event in 2016 producing continuing dry conditions. At 
this early stage, IPF distribution margins are expected to 
partially recover in 2016 and distribution volumes are expected 
to be similar to 2015 (subject to reasonable weather patterns 
and farm economics).

GI is expected to continue to produce at 85 percent of capacity 
through to the planned turnaround scheduled to start in March 
2016. The plant is expected to be back online mid-April with 
the goal of producing at or above 90 percent of nameplate 
capacity post the turnaround. 2016 is a full production year for 
Phosphate Hill, with a nameplate production of 950kt. Higher 
prices for contracted gas at Phosphate Hill will have a negative 
cost impact of approximately $25m in the 2016 financial year. 
For further details on input cost risks, refer to the Principal Risks 
section. 

The Group has hedged 90 percent of its estimated first half 
2016 $US price linked fertiliser sales at a rate of $0.77, with  
full participation in downward rate movements.

EBIT Sensitivities

The sensitivities shown below have been calculated based on 
the 2015 achieved DAP and urea prices, at an average foreign 
exchange rate between $A/$US of $0.7868 (representing the 
average exchange rate in the 12 month period ended 30 
September 2015), and actual 2015 urea and DAP produced  
and sold.

Sensitivity (per annum)

IPF: Urea – Middle East Granular Urea (FOB)(1)

+/-$US10/t = +/-$A4.6m

SCI: DAP – Di-Ammonium Phosphate Tampa (FOB)(2) +/-$US10/t = +/-$A13.3m
Forex – transactional (DAP & Urea)(3)

+/- 1 cent = 
($A9.6m)/$A9.8m

Assumptions:
(1)  360kt (Gibson Island Fertiliser actual FY15 production) urea equivalent sales at 
2015 realised price of $US308/t and the 2015 average exchange rate of 
$A/$US0.7868.

(2)  1,046kt (Phosphate Hill actual FY15 tonnes sold) DAP sales at a 2015 realised 
price of $US466/t and the 2015 average exchange rate of $A/$US0.7868.

(3)  DAP & urea volumes and FOB price based on assumptions (1) and (2) 

(excludes impact of hedging).

producing 1,043kt of ammonium phosphates in 2015. The 
combination of reliable production post the 2014 turnaround 
and BEx-driven initiatives to debottleneck and improve plant 
uptime, has led to the strong manufacturing performance. 
The plants have now run reliably producing at or near 
nameplate levels for the 15 months post the May/June 
2014 turnaround. Reliability and efficiency of these two 
plants remains a key focus for the manufacturing teams.

• 

Industrial & Trading EBIT decreased as a result of reduced 
revenue due to falling global urea prices, lower sales 
volumes of sulphuric acid and ammonia. Quantum’s EBIT 
decreased by $2.7m to $1.0m. Earnings in Quantum can vary 
year to year depending on trading volumes and East Asian 
market conditions. 

IPF’s EBIT decreased by $53.4m or 51 percent to $50.3m  
(2014: $103.7m). IPF’s EBIT was negatively impacted by lower 
production from GI and a contraction in distribution margins. GI 
operated at approximately 85 percent of capacity as the plant  
is in the final year of its current five year operating campaign. 
This resulted in lower earnings due to the negative impacts  
on revenue and absorption costing from lower production.  
The next turnaround is scheduled for March 2016, where the 
goal is to restore the plant to at or above 90 percent of 
nameplate capacity. 

Distribution margins have contracted due to:

•  Lower BigN sales into the Northern NSW and Queensland 

cotton markets, due to drought conditions in those regions. 

•  The long urea market position at the start of the year due to 

the abrupt end to the winter crop top dress in 2014.

•  Timing of urea purchases leading into the 2015 winter crop 
top dress season, leaving IPL with a slightly higher cost  
stock position. 

•  Competitive market pressures and changing market buying 

patterns driving margins lower in bulk commodity fertilisers. 

Market Summary

Summer Crop

Overall, summer crop volumes were down one percent in 2015. 
Strong sales growth into the sugar markets was offset by 
volume contraction into cotton and sorghum markets. In the 
non-irrigated cotton regions of NSW and Southern Queensland, 
sales volumes were approximately 17 percent down on the 
prior year due to drought in those regions. 

Pasture & Dairy

Volumes in this segment were up three percent in 2015 as a 
result of favourable weather conditions and some early pasture 
planting due to the expectation of dry El Nino conditions in 
spring and summer.

Winter Crop

Volumes sold into the winter crop market were up six percent 
in 2015, due to generally favourable early season cropping 
conditions for most winter cropping zones on the East Coast of 
Australia. 

11

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Principal Risks

Set out below are the principal risks and uncertainties associated with Incitec Pivot’s business and operations. These risks, which 
may occur individually or concurrently, could significantly affect the Group’s business and operations. There may be additional risks 
unknown to Incitec Pivot and other risks, currently believed to be immaterial, which could become material. In addition, any loss 
from such risks may not be recoverable in whole or in part under Incitec Pivot’s insurance policies. The treatment strategies do not 
remove the risks, but may in some cases either partially or fully mitigate the exposure.

The Group’s process for managing risk is set out in the Corporate Governance Statement (Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk).

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by Incitec Pivot include:

General Economic and Business Conditions

Changing 
global 
economic and 
business 
climate

The current global economic and business climate and 
any sustained downturn in the North American, South 
American, Asian, European or Australian economies may 
adversely impact Incitec Pivot’s overall performance. 
This may affect demand for fertilisers, industrial 
chemicals, industrial explosives and related products 
and services, and profitability in respect of them.

•  Diversification across explosives and fertilisers markets in 
numerous geographical locations helps spread exposures.

•  BEx provides long term sustainable competitiveness and 

business fluidity, through its focus on continuous 
improvement in productivity and efficiency. 

•  Continuous review and management of country specific 

risks. 

Commodity 
price risks

Pricing for fertilisers, certain industrial chemicals and 
ammonium nitrate are linked to internationally traded 
commodities (e.g. urea, DAP, ammonia); price 
fluctuations in these products could adversely affect 
Incitec Pivot’s business. The pricing of internationally 
traded commodities is based on international 
benchmarks and is affected by global supply and 
demand forces.

Weaker hard and soft commodity prices (particularly 
coal, iron ore, gold, corn, wheat, cotton and sugar) could 
have an adverse impact on the Group’s customers and 
has the potential to impact the customers’ demand, 
impacting volume and market prices.

•  The Group seeks to maintain low cost positions in its chosen 

markets, which helps its business units to compete in 
changing and competitive environments.

•  Sales and operations planning (“S&OP”) process helps 
inventory management to minimise profit in stock risk.

• 

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers employs “value at risk” and “earnings 
at risk” frameworks. This allows the business to manage its 
short and medium term exposures to commodity price 
fluctuations while taking into account its commercial 
obligations and the associated price risks. 

•  To ensure volume and price commitments are upheld, the 
Group works with its customers and enforces customer 
supply contracts.

•  Where commodity price exposures cannot be eliminated 

through contracted and/or other commercial arrangements, 
the Group may enter into derivative contracts where 
available on a needs basis, to mitigate this risk. However,  
in some instances price risk exposure cannot be 
economically mitigated by either contractual arrangements 
or derivative contracts. 

External 
financial risk

The appreciation or depreciation of the Australian dollar 
against the US dollar may materially affect Incitec 
Pivot’s financial performance. 

• 

A large proportion of Incitec Pivot’s sales are 
denominated either directly or indirectly in foreign 
currencies, primarily the US dollar. 

In addition, Incitec Pivot also borrows funds in US 
dollars, and the Australian dollar equivalent of these 
borrowings will fluctuate with the exchange rate.

Other financial risks that can impact Incitec Pivot’s 
earnings include the cost and availability of funds to 
meet its business needs, compliance with terms of 
financing arrangements and movements in interest 
rates.

Incitec Pivot’s capital management strategy is aimed at 
maintaining an investment grade credit profile to allow it to 
optimise the weighted average cost of capital over the long 
term while maintaining an appropriate mix of US dollar and 
Australian dollar debt, provide funding flexibility by 
accessing different debt markets and reduce refinance risk 
by ensuring a spread of debt maturities. A detailed 
discussion of financial risks is included in note 14 (Financial 
Risk Management).

•  Group Treasury undertakes financial risk management in 
accordance with policies approved by the Board. Hedging 
strategies are adopted to manage, to the extent possible 
and appropriate, currency and interest rate risks.

•  As part of the S&OP process, the IPF business employs an 

“earnings at risk” framework. This model provides guidance 
in determining the amount of sales contracts and 
derivatives used to allow the business to reduce and 
optimise its short and medium term exposures to currency 
movements to acceptable levels. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

12

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by Incitec Pivot include:

Industry 
structure and 
competition 
risks

Incitec Pivot seeks to maintain competitive cost positions in 
its chosen markets, whilst maintaining quality product and 
service offerings. This focus on cost and quality assists its 
business units compete over the medium to longer term in 
changing and competitive environments. 

•  Where practical, Incitec Pivot prefers to engage in long term 

customer and supply contractual relationships.

•  Pricing and risk management processes exist in all 

businesses. 

Incitec Pivot operates in highly competitive markets with 
varying competitor dynamics and industry structures. 

• 

The actions of established or potential competitors could 
have a negative impact on sales and market share and 
hence the Group’s financial performance.

The balance between supply and demand of the 
products that Incitec Pivot manufactures and sells can 
greatly influence prices and plant utilisation. The 
structural shift in the North American power sector, 
which has seen a movement away from coal-fired 
energy production and towards natural gas, has placed 
increasing pressure on the returns enjoyed by existing 
customers (therefore giving rise to increased cost 
pressure on inputs to their supply) as well as resulting in 
reduced demand for their outputs. 

Reduced demand for steel inputs (iron ore and 
metallurgical coal) can lead to a decrease in demand for 
explosives in these industries.

The Fertilisers business operates in distribution and 
manufacturing markets competing against manufacturers 
with lower input costs and potentially having regulatory 
and economic advantages. A competitive market may 
also lead to the loss of customers, which may negatively 
impact earnings. 

Customer risks

Incitec Pivot has strong relationships with key customers 
for the supply of products and services. These 
relationships are fundamental to the Group’s success, 
and the loss of key customers may have a negative 
impact on Incitec Pivot’s financial performance. This is 
particularly relevant in the Explosives business where 
supply contracts tend to be longer term and significant 
high value customers are represented. 

Customers’ inability to pay their accounts when they fall 
due, or inability to continue purchasing from the Group 
due to financial distress, may expose the Group to 
customer credit risks.

•  Where practical, for high value customers in the Explosives 
businesses, Incitec Pivot prefers to engage in long term 
customer contractual relationships.

•  The Group endeavours to diversify its customer base, to 
reduce the potential impact of the loss of any single 
customer.

•  Sales and customer plans are developed in line with the 

business strategy. 

•  The Group manages customer credit risks by establishing 

credit limits by customer, as well as monitoring and actively 
managing overdue amounts within policy guidelines.  

Product 
quality and/
or specification 
risk

Incitec Pivot manufactures or procures product to 
specific customer and industry specifications and 
statutory parameters. The Group is exposed to financial 
and reputational risk if these standards, requirements 
and parameters are not met.

Over supply of 
AN in Australia 
and North 
America

New ammonium nitrate (“AN”) capacity has recently 
been or is soon to be introduced in both the DNAP and 
DNA geographic regions. In both instances, the markets 
are predominantly domestically supplied and the new 
capacity may create a supply/demand imbalance. 

Over supply may result in margin erosion as there is an 
increased likelihood of lost customers and downward 
price pressure.

• 

Incitec Pivot operates and manufactures products using 
detailed quality management systems. Quality Assurance 
plans are in place for manufactured products intermediaries, 
procured products and raw materials. 

•  Certificates of Analysis are provided for bulk shipments of 

fertiliser into export markets.  

•  Where practical, for high value customers in the explosives 
businesses, Incitec Pivot prefers to engage in long term 
customer contractual relationships.

• 

Incitec Pivot seeks to maintain competitive cost positions in 
its chosen markets, whilst maintaining quality product and 
service offerings. 

•  Planning, pricing and risk management processes are in place 
to ensure there is an appropriate balance between value 
versus volume. 

13

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by Incitec Pivot include:

Operational Risks

Production, 
transportation 
and storage 
risks

Incitec Pivot operates 17 key manufacturing and 
assembly sites and is exposed to operational risks 
associated with the manufacture, transportation and 
storage of fertilisers, AN, initiating systems, industrial 
chemicals and industrial explosives products. 

Incitec Pivot’s manufacturing systems are vulnerable to 
equipment breakdowns, energy or water disruptions, 
natural disasters and acts of God, unforeseen human 
error, sabotage, terrorist attacks and other unforeseen 
events which may disrupt Incitec Pivot’s operations and 
materially affect its financial performance. 

Timely and economic supply of key raw materials 
represents a potential risk to the Group’s ability to 
supply.

•  Comprehensive HSE management system is in place with 
clear principles and policies communicated to employees. 

•  HSE risk management strategies are employed at all times 
and across all sites. Incidents are investigated and learnings 
are shared throughout the Group.

•  Global workers compensation programs are in place to assist 
employees who have been injured while at work, including 
external insurance coverage.

•  Management undertakes risk identification and mitigation 

strategies across all sites.

• 

Incitec Pivot undertakes business continuity planning and 
disaster preparedness across all sites. 

•  Global industrial special risks insurance is obtained from a 
variety of highly rated insurance companies to ensure the 
appropriate coverage is in place. The policies insure the 
business, subject to policy limits, from damage to its plants 
and property and the associated costs arising from business 
interruptions.

•  Flexible supply chain and, in many instances, alternative 
sourcing solutions are maintained as a contingency. 

•  The S&OP process and inventory management practices 
provide flexibility and assurance to deal with short term 
disruptions. 

•  The Group has strict processes around the stewardship, 

movement and safe handling of dangerous goods and other 
chemicals.  

Natural gas risk

Gas is one of the major inputs required for the 
production of ammonia and therefore is a critical 
feedstock for Incitec Pivot’s nitrogen manufacturing 
operations. Availability and quality of gas are both key 
factors when sourcing supply.

•  The Group has medium term gas contracts in place for its 
Australian manufacturing sites. The contracts have various 
tenures and pricing mechanisms. As part of normal 
operations the company explores new gas supply 
arrangements where appropriate.

The Group has various gas contracts and supply 
arrangements for its plants across Australia and North 
America. 

In respect of the Australian fertiliser operations there is 
a risk that a reliable, committed source of gas at 
economically viable prices may not be available 
following the expiry of current contractual 
arrangements. The cost of gas impacts the variable cost 
of production of ammonia and can influence the plants’ 
overall competitive position.

In respect of the Group’s Moranbah operations, there is 
risk that gas supply may be reduced or may not be 
available due to issues affecting the supplier of gas to 
the facility, given the existence of only a single source 
of gas supply to the facility.

•  The Group is exploring various treatment strategies in 

relation to the gas supply risk for the Moranbah operations, 
including connecting to the local power grid in order to 
reduce the overall gas requirements and optimising supply 
chain management by moving ammonia from Gibson Island 
to Moranbah. 

•  The US gas market is a liquid market, with offtake facilitated 

by an extensive gas pipeline infrastructure and pricing 
commonly referenced to a quoted market price. DNA has 
short term gas supply arrangements in place for its gas 
needs with market referenced pricing mechanisms. 

•  Gas supply has been contracted for the new Louisiana 

ammonia plant for its first five years of production with 
market referenced pricing mechanisms. 

• 

In respect of the DNA business (including the Louisiana 
ammonia plant), there is some ability to hedge gas prices 
and the Group reviews its approach to gas hedging in the 
US on a regular basis. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

14

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by Incitec Pivot include:

Sulphuric acid 
cost and supply 
into Phosphate 
Hill

Sulphuric acid is a major raw material required for the 
production of ammonium phosphates. Approximately 40 
percent of Phosphate Hill’s sulphuric acid needs come 
from processing metallurgical gas sourced from 
Glencore’s Mt Isa Mines copper smelting facility. 

Glencore has confirmed that Mt Isa Mines has the 
necessary environmental authority to operate to 2022. 
Glencore has confirmed that the Mt Isa copper smelter 
and Townsville copper refinery will remain open beyond 
2016. Alternative sources of sulphuric acid are likely to 
negatively impact the cost of producing ammonium 
phosphates at the Phosphate Hill facility. The quantum 
of the impact will depend on the future availability and 
price of sulphur and/or sulphuric acid and the prevailing 
$A/$US rate.

Sulphuric acid supply into Phosphate Hill may be 
negatively impacted from a volume and/or price 
perspective, after the closure of the Mt Isa Mines copper 
smelter.

•  The Group has several sources of sulphuric acid for supply 

for Phosphate Hill. Along with sulphuric acid produced from 
metallurgical gas capture, Mt Isa produces sulphuric acid 
from burning imported elemental sulphur. Phosphate Hill’s 
operations are also supplemented with sulphuric acid 
purchased directly from a domestic smelter to meet total 
sulphuric acid requirements for the production of 
ammonium phosphates. In addition, Phosphate Hill uses 
phosphoric acid reclaimed from its gypsum stacks in place 
of sulphuric acid. It is unlikely that the majority of the lost 
sulphuric acid can be replaced but the cost impact is yet to 
be determined. 

•  The Mt Isa site is a leased site, with a lease contract in place 
with Mt Isa Mines to 2020. Accordingly, Incitec Pivot is able 
to continue to produce sulphuric acid at Mt Isa (albeit at a 
higher cost) by burning elemental sulphur until the end of 
2020, even if the copper smelter operation ceases before 
that time. 

Phosphate Rock

Phosphate rock, used in the manufacture of both 
ammonium phosphates and single superphosphate 
fertilisers, is a naturally occurring mineral rock.

•  At its own facility in Phosphate Hill, Incitec Pivot mines 
phosphate rock which is used for the production of 
ammonium phosphates at that facility. 

Labour

Phosphate rock is an internationally traded commodity 
with pricing based on international benchmarks and is 
affected by global supply and demand forces and its 
cost for single superphosphate manufacturing purposes 
is also impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency 
exchange rates, particularly the $A/$US rate. 
Fluctuations in either of these variables can impact the 
cost of Incitec Pivot’s single superphosphate 
manufacturing operations, as these operations rely on 
rock imported from limited foreign supply sources. 

A shortage of skilled labour or loss of key personnel 
could disrupt Incitec Pivot’s business operations or 
adversely affect Incitec Pivot’s business and financial 
performance. Incitec Pivot’s manufacturing plants 
require skilled operators drawn from a range of 
disciplines, trades and vocations.

Incitec Pivot has operations in regional and remote 
locations where it can be difficult to attract and retain 
critical and diverse talent.

•  Phosphate rock is used in the production of single 

superphosphate at Incitec Pivot’s Geelong and Portland 
operations. Incitec Pivot seeks to diversify the sources of 
supply of rock (subject to certain requirements regarding 
the composition of rock, including cadmium and odour 
considerations) required for these operations by sourcing it 
from a number of international suppliers (albeit that the 
sources of supply are limited).

• 

Incitec Pivot’s scale provides some, albeit limited, ability to 
relocate staff to cover shortages or losses of critical staff.

•  The Group has policies and procedures, including flexible 
working arrangements and competitive compensation 
structures, designed to help attract and retain workforce.

•  Management identifies critical roles and attempts to 
implement policies to help ensure that appropriate 
succession and retention plans are in place.

•  With the contracting Australian mining market, there is an 

increased availability of labour.  

Weather

In relation to both its Fertilisers and Explosives businesses, 
seasonal conditions (particularly rainfall), are a key factor 
for determining demand and sales. Any prolonged 
adverse weather conditions could impact the future 
profitability and prospects of Incitec Pivot.

•  The S&OP process incorporates forecasting which enables 

scenario planning and some supply flexibility. Forecasts are 
based on typical weather conditions and are reviewed 
monthly as the seasons progress to help align supply to 
changing demand. 

Some plants are located in areas that are susceptible to 
extreme weather events, such as hurricanes, tropical 
storms and tornadoes.

•  Safety and evacuation plans are in place for all personnel 

and sites.

•  The Group endeavours to include force majeure clauses in 

agreements where relevant.
Insurance policies are in place across the Group. 

• 

15

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by Incitec Pivot include:

Construction, Commissioning and Start-up Risk

Louisiana 
ammonia plant 
(“WALA”) 
construction, 
commissioning 
and start-up 
risk

A potential risk is that the construction of WALA is 
completed late and/or exceeds the budgeted capital 
amount. Risks associated with construction and 
commissioning of WALA and associated infrastructure 
include, but are not limited to, natural disasters and 
acts of God, sabotage, unforeseen human error, 
terrorist attacks, major equipment failure and other 
issues which may disrupt or delay the construction, 
commissioning or start-up of the plant. There is also  
a potential risk of the plant not operating, or not 
performing to the level expected and maintaining 
stable operations once commissioned. 

The construction of such a large scale chemical plant 
requires skilled personnel drawn from a range of 
disciplines, trades and vocations. A shortage in skilled 
labour or loss of key personnel could also impact the 
construction, commissioning and start-up phases of 
WALA.

WALA offtake 
and logistics 
capability risk

WALA has a nameplate production capacity of 800kmt 
per annum. With a plant of this size, notwithstanding 
storage capacity on site, there is a risk that if 
production is not sold and effectively moved into the 
market, plant uptime and earnings will be negatively 
impacted. 

• 

Incitec Pivot has a competent project team on site, 
managing the outside battery limits works and reviewing 
the contractors’ activity for all inside battery limits (“IBL”) 
works. Incitec Pivot has appointed KBR Inc., an experienced 
ammonia technologist and engineering, procurement and 
construction company that is responsible for the 
construction and commissioning. 

•  The construction contract with KBR for all IBL works is a 
lump sum turn-key contract, with allowance for specific 
variations only. 

•  Management undertakes risk identification and mitigation 
strategies across all sites and has engaged an external 
party to conduct regular audit services on Incitec Pivot’s 
risk management in respect of this project.

•  Management identifies critical roles and, where possible, 
ensures that appropriate recruitment, succession and 
retention plans are in place. All operating staff have been 
recruited with additional staff recruited for the first year of 
operations in order to reduce start-up risk. A 
comprehensive training framework has also been 
implemented with all operating staff undergoing training 
within the framework. 

•  A steering committee is in place with executive leadership 

to support the team and oversee successful 
implementation. 

•  WALA has a 100 percent committed offtake, with supply 
contracts in place with DNA (internal), Cornerstone 
Chemical Company and Trammo, Inc. 

•  The plant logistics capability allows for the offtake to be 

distributed via rail, truck, barge and pipeline. In total, the 
plant has a logistics capability of approximately 200 
percent of the plant production capacity, providing 
flexibility and allowing for future growth. 

•  The Group’s S&OP process and inventory management 
practices provide flexibility and assurance to deal with 
short term disruptions. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

16

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by Incitec Pivot include:

Compliance, Regulatory and Legal Risk

Compliance, 
regulatory  
and legal risk

Changes in federal or state government legislation, 
regulations or policies in any of the countries in which 
Incitec Pivot operates may adversely impact its 
business, financial condition and operations, or the 
business, financial condition and operations of Incitec 
Pivot’s customers and suppliers. This includes changes 
in domestic or international laws relating to sanctions, 
import and export quotas, and geopolitical risks 
relating to countries with which Incitec Pivot, or its 
customers and suppliers, engages to buy or sell 
products and materials. In addition, changes in tax 
legislation or compliance requirements in the 
jurisdictions in which Incitec Pivot, or its customers and 
suppliers, operates, or changes in the policy or 
practices of the relevant tax authorities in such 
jurisdictions, may result in additional compliance costs 
and/or increased risk of regulatory action, including 
potential impact on licences to operate.

Incitec Pivot’s business, and that of its customers and 
suppliers, is subject to environmental laws and 
regulations that require specific operating licences and 
impose various requirements and standards. Changes 
in these laws and regulations (for example, increased 
regulation of coal fired energy generation in the US 
and the imposition of carbon trading schemes), failure 
to abide by the laws and/or licencing conditions, or 
changes to licence conditions, may have a detrimental 
effect on Incitec Pivot’s operations and financial 
performance, including the need to undertake 
environmental remediation, financial penalties or 
ceasing to operate. 

Incitec Pivot is exposed to potential legal and other 
claims or disputes in the course of its business, 
including contractual disputes, and property damage 
and personal injury claims in connection with its 
operations. 

•  Management, through the Managing Director & CEO and 
the Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for the overall 
design, implementation, management and coordination of 
the Group’s risk management and internal control system.

•  Each business unit has responsibility for identification and 
management of risks specific to the business. This is 
managed through an annual risk workshop, risk register 
and internal audits aligned to the material business risks.

•  Corporate functions are in place to provide sufficient 
support and guidance to ensure regulatory risks are 
identified and addressed within the business well in 
advance. 

•  Country regulatory risk is regularly reviewed through the 

Group’s risk management framework.

•  Where possible, Incitec Pivot appoints local business 
leaders and management teams who bring a strong 
understanding of the local operating environment and 
strong customer relationships.

•  Comprehensive HSE management system is in place with 
clear principles and policies communicated to employees. 

•  HSE risk management strategies are employed at all times 

and across all sites. Incidents are investigated and 
learnings are shared throughout the Group.

•  The Group has strict processes regarding the stewardship, 
movement and safe handling of dangerous goods and 
other chemicals.

• 

Incitec Pivot engages with governments and other key 
stakeholders to ensure potential adverse impacts of 
proposed fiscal, tax, infrastructure access and regulatory 
changes are understood and, where possible, mitigated. 

Loss or 
exposure of 
sensitive data

Sensitive data, relating to Incitec Pivot, its employees, 
associates, customers or suppliers may be lost or 
exposed, resulting in a negative impact on the Group’s 
reputation.

•  Policies, procedures and practices (e.g. firewalls) are in 

place regarding the use of company information, personal 
storage devices and IT security.

•  External testing is performed to assess the security of the 

Group’s IT systems.

17

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Introduction from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee and the Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration Report for 2015 which sets 
out the remuneration information for the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Team and the Non-Executive 
Directors.

2014/15 Remuneration Outcomes

In 2015, Incitec Pivot delivered a strong financial result amid challenging market conditions, in particular, in the Group’s Explosives 
business, where markets have been impacted by the end of the mining boom in Australia and by the structural changes in the coal 
industry in North America. 

As a result of the Group’s strong financial performance, Executives have been awarded short term incentive payments, details of 
which are set out in the report.

Further, with regard to the long term incentives, the Board is pleased to report that the performance rights under the LTI 2012/15, 
the performance period for which ended on 30 September 2015, will partially vest. This result is particularly pleasing as the long 
term incentive is a measure of the success of the corporate strategy in driving shareholder value for the long term. The partial 
vesting of the performance rights therefore reflects disciplined execution on the strategy. 

2015/16 Remuneration Approach 

We expect that 2016 market conditions will continue to be challenging. The Board and Executive have determined that there  
will be no increases to non-executive director fees or fixed annual remuneration for Key Management Personnel for the 2016 
financial year.

No significant changes are proposed to the “at risk” remuneration structure for Executives in 2016.

The Board invites you to consider the 2015 Remuneration Report. We welcome feedback on the Company’s remuneration approach 
in supporting Incitec Pivot’s business strategy.

John Marlay
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

18

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Contents

Section

A.  Executive Remuneration Strategy

B.   Non-Executive Director Remuneration

C.  Executive Remuneration

Executive remuneration policy and practice

Key features of the components of Executive remuneration

 − Fixed annual remuneration

 − At risk remuneration – Short Term Incentive (STI) Plan

 − At risk remuneration – Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plans

Analysis of relationship between the Group’s performance, shareholder wealth and remuneration

Executives’ remuneration arrangements 

 − Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

 − Executive Team

Details of Executive remuneration

 − Executive remuneration

 − Details of performance related remuneration: short term incentives

 − Details of performance related remuneration: long term incentives

 − Actual pay

D.   Key management personnel disclosures

Page

20

21

22

22

22

22

24

27

28

28

29

30

30

31

32

34

35

19

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Remuneration Report
The directors of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company or Incitec 
Pivot) present the Remuneration Report prepared in accordance 
with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) for the 
Company and its controlled entities (collectively referred to in 
this report as the “Group”) for the year ended 30 September 
2015. This Remuneration Report is audited.

This Remuneration Report forms part of the Directors’ Report.

Details of the Group’s remuneration strategy and arrangements 
for the 2014/15 financial year are set out in this Remuneration 
Report.

This Remuneration Report is prepared in respect of the Key 
Management Personnel, being those persons who have 
authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group. 

The Board has determined that the Key Management Personnel 
are the non-executive directors of the Company (refer to Table 
B.1), certain former executives (refer to Table C.4) and the 
people referred to in the table below.

A.  Executive Remuneration Strategy

Incitec Pivot aims to generate competitive returns for its 
shareholders through its strategy as a leading global chemicals 
Group, manufacturing and distributing industrial explosives, 
fertilisers and related products and services. Incitec Pivot 
recognises that, to achieve this, the Group needs outstanding 
people who are capable, committed and motivated. The 
philosophy of Incitec Pivot’s remuneration strategy is that it 
should support the objectives of the business and enable the 
Group to attract, retain and reward Executives of the necessary 
skill and calibre. Accordingly, the key principles of Incitec Pivot’s 
remuneration strategy are as follows:

•  to reward strategic outcomes at both the Group and business 
unit level that create top quartile long term shareholder 
value;

•  to encourage integrity and disciplined risk management in 

business practice;

•  to drive strong alignment with shareholder interests through 

delivering part of the reward in the form of equity;

The term “Executives”, when used in this Remuneration Report, 
means the people listed in the following table (and certain 
former executives, as the context requires).

•  to structure the majority of executive remuneration to be “at 
risk” and linked to demanding financial and non-financial 
performance objectives;

•  to reward Executives for high performance within their role 
and responsibilities, and ensure rewards are competitive 
within the industry and market for their role in respect of 
pay level and structure; and

•  to ensure the remuneration framework is simple, transparent 

and easily implemented.

Name

Position 

Mr James Fazzino

Managing Director & CEO

Mr Frank Micallef

Chief Financial Officer

Mr Simon Atkinson

President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
& Global Technology

Mr Stephen Dawson President, Manufacturing Operations

Mr Alan Grace

President, Strategic Engineering

Ms Elizabeth Hunter

Chief Human Resources Officer

Mr Gary Kubera

President, Dyno Nobel Americas

Mr Jamie Rintel

President, Strategy & Business 
Development

Mr James Whiteside

Chief Operating Officer,  
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

20

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

B.  Non-Executive Director Remuneration 

Incitec Pivot’s policy is to:

•  remunerate non-executive directors by way of fees and 

payments which may be in the form of cash and 
superannuation benefits; and

•  set the level of non-executive directors’ fees and payments 
to be consistent with the market and to enable Incitec Pivot 
to attract and retain directors of an appropriate calibre.

Non-executive directors are not remunerated by way of options, 
shares, performance rights, bonuses nor by incentive-based 
payments.

Non-executive directors receive a fee for being a director of the 
Board and non-executive directors, other than the Chairman of 
the Board, receive additional fees for either chairing or being a 
member of a Board Committee. The level of fees paid to a non-
executive director is determined by the Board after an annual 
review and reflects a non-executive director’s time 
commitments and responsibilities. 

Following a review of the level of fees paid to non-executive 
directors, for the 2014/15 financial year, base fees and Board 
Committee fees were increased by 3% with effect from 1 
October 2014. The last increase to non-executive director fees 
occurred on 1 October 2011.

For the 2014/15 financial year, fees paid to non-executive 
directors amounted to $1,723,000, which was within the 
$2,000,000 limit approved by shareholders at the 2008 Annual 
General Meeting. 

For the 2015/16 financial year, the Board has determined that 
there will be no increase to non-executive director fees.

Table B.1 – Non-executive directors’ remuneration

Details of the non-executive directors’ remuneration for the financial year ended 30 September 2015 are set out in the  
following table:

For the year ended 30 September 2015

Short-term benefits(A)

Post-employment benefits

Other long term benefits(B)

Non-executive directors 
– Current
P V Brasher, Chairman

K Fagg(1)

G J Hayes(2)

J Marlay 

R J McGrath

G J Smorgon AM

Non-executive directors  
– Former
A C Larkin(3)

A D McCallum(4)

Total non-executive directors 

Year

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

Fees

$000

514 
498 
192 
81 
202 
 - 
218 
211 
226 
215 
202 
197 

54 
208 
–
45 
1,608 
1,455 

Superannuation benefits  

$000

$000

19 
18 
17 
7 
17 
 - 
19 
18 
19 
18 
19 
18 

5 
18 
–
4 
115 
101 

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
3
–
3

Total(C)

$000

533 
516 
209 
88 
219 
–
237 
229 
245 
233 
221 
215 

59 
226 
–
52 
1,723 
1,559 

(A)  Apart from the fees paid or payable to the non-executive directors, no other short term benefits were paid or are payable in respect of the reporting period.
(B)  Consistent with best practice, with the exception of the contractual entitlements paid in the 2013/14 financial year to Mr McCallum who was appointed to the 

Board prior to 1 June 2003, the Company does not pay additional benefits to non-executive directors.

(C)  The increase in aggregate fees paid to non-executive directors for the 2014/15 financial year reflects the 3% increase to non-executive director fees for the 

2014/15 financial year and the timing of director retirements and appointments in the 2013/14 financial year, noting that for part of the 2013/14 financial year 
there were 5 non-executive directors.

(1)  Ms Fagg was appointed to the Board as a non-executive director effective 15 April 2014.
(2)  Mr Hayes was appointed to the Board as a non-executive director effective 1 October 2014.
(3)  Mr Larkin retired as a non-executive director on 19 December 2014. 
(4)  Mr McCallum retired as a non-executive director on 19 December 2013.

21

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

C.  Executive Remuneration

Fixed annual remuneration

Executive remuneration policy and practice

The remuneration of the Executives is set by the Board. 

In alignment with its remuneration strategy, the Board’s policy 
on executive remuneration is that it comprises both a fixed 
component (fixed annual remuneration (FAR)) and an “at risk” 
or performance-related component (short term and long term 
incentives) where: 

(i)   the majority of executive remuneration is “at risk”; and

(ii)  the level of FAR for Executives will be benchmarked against 
that paid for similar positions at the median of companies 
in a comparator group with a range of market 
capitalisations (50% – 200% of that of the Group). 

Remuneration arrangements for Executives are reviewed 
annually to ensure the arrangements continue to remain 
market competitive and consistent with the strategy of creating 
sustained shareholder value and in alignment with the Group’s 
business strategy. 

For the 2014/15 financial year, the Remuneration Committee 
received market and benchmarking data from Ernst & Young. 
Ernst & Young were engaged by and reported directly to the 
Remuneration Committee. The information provided by Ernst & 
Young did not include a “remuneration recommendation” (as 
defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)). For the 2014/15 
financial year, the Board approved an increase of 3% to the 
Executives’ FAR with effect from 1 October 2014, save that the 
Chief Human Resources Officer received an increase of 9.4% 
following a detailed benchmarking of this role. Refer to Table 
C.4 for details of the fixed annual remuneration for the 
Executives for the financial year ended 30 September 2015.

For the 2015/16 financial year, the Board has determined that 
the fixed annual remuneration for the Executives, in respect of 
their current roles, will not be increased.

The relative proportion of the Executives’ total remuneration 
packages for the 2014/15 financial year that was performance-
based is set out in the table below, and indicates a majority of 
the Executives’ total remuneration is “at risk” (64% – 67%).

Table C.1 – Remuneration structures by level

% of Total remuneration (annualised)

Fixed  
remuneration

Performance-based  
remuneration

Managing 
Director & CEO

Executives

FAR

33%

36%

STI

33%

LTI

34%

36%

28%

In calculating the “at risk” compensation as a proportion of total 
remuneration for the 2014/15 year, for each Executive, the 
maximum entitlement under the Short Term Incentive (STI) or 
Long Term Incentive (LTI) was taken into account.

Key features of the components of Executive remuneration 

The key features of the three components of Executive 
remuneration that are relevant to the 2014/15 financial year 
are as follows: 

Executives receive their fixed remuneration in a variety of forms, 
including cash, superannuation, and any applicable fringe 
benefits. Fixed annual remuneration is not dependent upon 
Company performance and is set by reference to appropriate 
benchmark information for each Executive’s role, level of 
knowledge, skill, responsibilities and experience. The level of 
remuneration is reviewed annually in alignment with the 
financial year and is reviewed with reference to, among other 
things, market data provided by an appropriately qualified and 
independent external consultant.

Refer to Table C.4 for details of the fixed annual remuneration for 
the Executives for the year ended 30 September 2015.

At risk remuneration – Short Term Incentive (STI) Plan

The STI is an annual “at risk” cash incentive which is dependent 
on the achievement of particular performance measures for the 
financial year ended 30 September 2015. All of the Executives 
participate in the STI Plan.

What were the STI performance measures for the 2014/15 STI?

STI Gate
To ensure STI awards are aligned with business performance 
outcomes, the Group’s financial performance must meet 
minimum levels of performance before any awards can be made. 
This is known as the “STI Gate” and is determined by the Board. 
If financial performance does not meet the STI Gate, no awards 
are made under the STI, save that the STI Gate does not apply to 
the safety measure component of the STI (refer to further details 
on the safety measure in this section).

For the 2014/15 financial year, the STI Gates were as follows:

•  for Group roles (marked * in Table C.2), Group financial 

performance was required to meet the EPS growth threshold 
which was determined by the Board by reference to the 
prior year EPS performance; and

•  for Business Unit roles (marked ** in Table C.2), Group 

financial performance was required to meet 80% of the prior 
year NPAT and Business Unit EBIT was required to meet the 
relevant Business Unit EBIT threshold (including the cash 
conversion measure).

The inclusion of a separate STI Gate for Business Unit roles was 
introduced for the first time in the 2014/15 STI to encourage the 
optimisation of business unit results.

Financial performance measures
There were two financial performance measures for the 2014/15 
financial year:
•  Growth in EPS (before Individually Material Items (IMIs))
•  Business Unit Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) which 

included a cash conversion measure, such that part of the STI 
was linked to the percentage of EBIT of the relevant business 
unit (before depreciation and amortisation) that was 
converted to operating cash flow.

Non-financial and business performance measures
In addition, to ensure STI awards drive performance and 
behaviours consistent with achieving the Group’s strategy for 
2014/15 and Zero Harm objectives, the non-financial and 
business performance measures for 2014/15 comprised:

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

22

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

•  Safety: Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) of less 
than or equal to 0.90 (TRIFR is calculated based on work-
related incidents classified and reported in accordance with 
the United States Occupational Safety and Health Act and 
regulations). In the event of a fatality or life threatening 
incident, the extent of the impact of that fatality/incident on 
the achievement of the safety measure is assessed by the 
Board having regard to the circumstances of the incident and 
may result in all or part of this component of the STI being 
forfeited.

•  Business appropriate strategic and performance measures 

including:

(i)  manufacturing performance, in particular, production 

outcomes from major operations (for example, Moranbah 
ammonium nitrate production and Phosphate Hill 
ammonium phosphate production) and turnaround 
execution;

(ii)  Business Excellence (BEx) and productivity, in particular, 
delivering on specific BEx “pillars”, noting that for 
Business Units, BEx is a key enabler of achieving EBIT 
outcomes and is therefore embedded in the financial 
performance measures of the respective Business Units; 

(iii) corporate strategic objectives as to capital investments 
and major projects (for example, the investment in the 
Louisiana ammonia project and optimisation projects for 
Phosphate Hill and Gibson Island) and objectives 
aligned to customers/markets.

Table C.2 below sets out the STI performance measure 
weightings for the Executives for the year ended 30 September 
2015.

Table C.2 – STI performance measure weightings for Executives

Why were these measures chosen?

STI Gate & financial measures

The STI measures (other than safety) are subject to the STI Gate 
to ensure that Executive reward is aligned with the creation of 
shareholder value. 

EPS growth is considered an appropriate financial measure 
because it is aligned with the Company’s strategic intent of 
achieving top quartile performance as measured against S&P/
ASX 100 companies. 

The EBIT of a business unit is also used as a measure for Executives 
in relevant business units as it ensures robust alignment of 
performance in a particular business unit with reward for the 
Executive managing that business unit. The inclusion of a cash 
conversion requirement within the EBIT performance measure 
ensures a focus on driving both profit and cash generation.

Non-financial and business performance measures

These specific measures were chosen to drive performance and 
behaviours consistent with achieving critical aspects of the 
Group’s strategy.

For this reason, measures were set with regards to production 
outcomes from the Group’s major operations, such as ammonium 
nitrate volumes from the Moranbah plant, strategic initiatives 
such as the Louisiana ammonia project investment as well as 
ongoing initiatives to drive continuous improvement through BEx.

In addition, since 2012/13, the STI has included a safety 
measure based on TRIFR which is aligned with the Company’s 
commitment to “Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere”. In 2012, 
the Company adopted its five year Global HSE Strategy to drive 
continued improvement in the Group’s health, safety and 
environmental performance. On its journey to achieve world 
class safety performance, the Company sets annual targets on 
TRIFR, seeking year-on-year improvements. For the 2014/15 
financial year, the target was 0.90.

For the year ended  
30 September 2015 

J E Fazzino*
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef*
Chief Financial Officer

S Atkinson**
President – Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific & Global Technology

S Dawson*
President – Manufacturing Operations

A Grace*
President – Strategic Engineering

E Hunter*
Chief Human Resources Officer

G Kubera**
President – Dyno Nobel Americas

J Rintel* 
President – Strategy & Business Development

J D Whiteside**
Chief Operating Officer – Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

*Group role **Business Unit role

23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

90%

90%

70%

50%

10%

Financial

Non-financial/business

Maximum STI  
opportunity

Growth  
in EPS 
(before  
IMIs)

Business Unit EBIT 
(including cash 
conversion 
requirement)

Manufacturing 
performance

BEx

Strategic 
objectives/
customers/
markets

Safety:  
TRIFR  
target  
 ≤0.90

10%

10%

100%

100%

80%

10%

10%

100%

10%

20%

70%

100%

10%

10%

70%

10%

100%

10%

20%

80%

10%

10%

70%

10%

100%

100%

100%

100%

10%

40%

10%

What is the method for determining if the measures  
are satisfied?

Financial measures
Satisfaction of these measures is based on a review by the 
Board of the audited accounts and the financial performance of 
the Group for the financial year. 

Non-financial and business performance measures
Executive performance is reviewed by the Board, in the case of 
safety, based on a review of the TRIFR for the year, as well as 
safety performance generally and, in relation to the other non-
financial and business performance measures, following the 
annual performance review process for the Executives.

Does the 2014/15 STI include mechanisms for clawback and 
deferral?

The 2014/15 STI includes a clawback provision, which requires 
the repayment of all or part of any STI awarded within three 
years after a payment is made in the event of a material 
misstatement which results in a restatement of the financial 
accounts. 

What were the outcomes in relation to the STI for the year 
ended 30 September 2015?

In relation to the financial performance measures, EPS (before 
IMIs), increased 9.7% to 23.8 cents per share and, accordingly, 
certain Executives have earned awards in full in respect of this 
financial performance measure. 

In relation to Business Unit financial performance, Incitec Pivot 
Fertilisers EBIT increased 22% driven by the exceptional 
performance of the Phosphate Hill plant and Phosphate value 
chain. Accordingly, incentives were earned in full for this 
component. The Explosives Business Units, Dyno Nobel Asia 
Pacific and Dyno Nobel Americas, produced sound results with 
EBIT up 1% in markets impacted by the end of the mining boom 
in Australia and structural changes in the coal industry in North 
America. However, the financial performance did not meet the 
challenging targets that were set for these Business Units and 
accordingly, no incentives were earned for this component.

In relation to the non-financial and business performance 
measures:
•  Safety: The STI in respect of the safety measure was 
forfeited as a result of the fatality in May 2015 in the 
Company’s Asia Pacific explosives business.

•  Business Excellence: These measures were achieved in full 
with significant progress made on specific BEx “pillars” with 
respect to asset care in manufacturing and also in relation to 
human capital.

•  Manufacturing performance: These were partially achieved 
with Phosphate Hill achieving record ammonium phosphate 
production and turnaround execution objectives delivered. 
Despite strong performance, Moranbah ammonium nitrate 
production targets were not met in full. 

•  Strategic objectives, customers, markets: These were 

achieved, with the Louisiana ammonia project meeting the 
applicable project milestones as at 30 September 2015, and 
the Phosphate Hill and Gibson Island optimisation projects 
progressing to plan. Similarly, customer aligned incentives 
were also awarded in full recognising the outperformance in  
this area.

Details of the STI payments earned by the Executives in respect 
of the financial year ended 30 September 2015 are set out in 
tables C.4 and C.5.

At risk remuneration – Long Term Incentive (LTI) Plans

The LTI Plans are ‘performance rights’ plans which entitle the 
participant to acquire ordinary shares in the Company, on a one 
right to one share basis, for no consideration at a later date. The 
performance rights are issued by Incitec Pivot Limited and the 
entitlement of the participants to acquire ordinary shares is 
subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. As no shares are 
transferred to participants until exercise, performance rights 
have no dividend entitlement. Performance rights expire on 
vesting or lapsing of the rights.

The only LTI Plan to mature in the 2014/15 financial year was 
the Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2012/15 
(LTI 2012/15) which matured on 30 September 2015. 

There are two other LTI Plans in place: 

•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2013/16 

(LTI 2013/16); and

•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2014/17 

(LTI 2014/17).

These plans do not mature until 30 September 2016 and  
30 September 2017, respectively. 

Executives and other selected managers participated in the LTI 
2012/15. For the LTI 2013/16 and the LTI 2014/17, 
participation was limited to the Executives who are Key 
Management Personnel, with other selected and senior 
managers participating in a cash-based, deferred payment 
performance plan (being the Sustained Performance Plan). The 
primary objective of the Sustained Performance Plan is to align 
value creation with factors that are directly within the control of 
an employee and, in doing so, achieve a higher correlation 
between contribution to Company performance and individual 
outcomes.

Details of the Executives’ participation in LTI plans are set out in 
Tables C.6 and C.7. 

What is the purpose of the LTIs?

The LTIs are the long term incentive component of 
remuneration for the Executives, who are able to influence the 
sustained generation of shareholder value through their direct 
contribution to the Company’s performance.

The LTIs are designed to link reward with the key performance 
drivers which underpin sustainable growth in shareholder value. 
Rewards resulting in share ownership on the achievement of 
demanding targets, ties remuneration to Company 
performance, as experienced by shareholders. The 
arrangements also support the Company’s strategy for retention 
and motivation of the Executives.

What is the process for deciding who will participate in the  
LTI Plans? 

The decision to grant performance rights and to whom they will 
be granted is made annually by the Board, noting that the 
grant of performance rights to the Managing Director is subject 
to shareholder approval. Grants of performance rights to 
participants are based on a percentage of the relevant 
Executive’s fixed annual remuneration.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

24

Earnings Per Share (EPS) Condition
For the LTI 2012/15 and LTI 2013/16 if, at the end of the 
performance period, the compound annual growth rate on EPS 
over the performance period, from the base year, is:

•  below 6% per annum: no performance rights in this tranche 

will vest;

•  equal to or greater than 6% per annum but less than 12.5% 
per annum: the portion of performance rights in this tranche 
that will vest will be increased on a pro rata basis from 50%; 
and

•  12.5% or greater: all performance rights in this tranche  

will vest.

LTI 2014/17
For the LTI 2014/17, the performance conditions are measured 
by reference to relative TSR and the delivery of certain strategic 
initiatives. The TSR Condition applies to 70% of the performance 
rights in a grant of performance rights made under the LTI 
2014/17. The Strategic Initiatives Condition, which was 
introduced for the first time in the LTI 2014/17 in place of the 
EPS Condition, applies to the remaining 30%. The Strategic 
Initiatives Condition was selected on the basis that the two 
components of the condition align with the most significant 
components of the Board’s approved strategy. The successful 
delivery of the Louisiana ammonia project is expected to 
transform the Dyno Nobel Americas business and create long 
term shareholder value. Similarly, Business Excellence (“BEx”) is 
the Company’s business and continuous improvement system, 
through which the Company seeks to enhance productivity on a 
sustainable basis utilising “lean” business methods. The LTI 
objectives in relation to BEx are focussed on incentivising the 
delivery of sustainable productivity improvements, rather than 
one-off benefits.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) Condition
The TSR Condition is determined on the same basis as under 
the LTI 2012/15 and the LTI 2013/16, requiring growth in the 
Company’s total shareholder returns to be at or above the 
median of the companies in the comparator group, being the 
S&P/ASX 100. 

Strategic Initiatives Condition
The Strategic Initiatives Condition comprises two equal 
components relating to:

•  delivery of the Louisiana ammonia project; and
•  delivery of the Business Excellence System.

The following table summarises each of the two components of 
the Strategic Initiatives Condition:

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Whether or not those performance rights will vest is 
determined in accordance with the plan rules for the LTI 
2012/15, the LTI 2013/16 and the LTI 2014/17.

How is the number of performance rights calculated under the 
LTI Plans?

For each of the LTI 2012/15, LTI 2013/16 and LTI 2014/17, the 
number of performance rights issued to a participant was based 
on the market value of the Company’s shares and was 
determined by dividing the dollar value of the relevant 
participant’s LTI opportunity by the Company’s volume weighted 
average share price over the 20 business days up to but not 
including the grant date. 

What is the performance period of the LTI Plans?

The LTI 2012/15, LTI 2013/16 and LTI 2014/17 are performance 
rights plans each of which has a performance period of three 
years:
•  LTI 2012/15 – 1 October 2012 to 30 September 2015
•  LTI 2013/16 – 1 October 2013 to 30 September 2016
•  LTI 2015/17 – 1 October 2014 to 30 September 2017

What are the performance conditions for the LTI Plans?

The Board approves the performance conditions on the 
commencement of the relevant plan. At the end of the 
performance period, the performance rights will vest only 
following a determination by the Board that the performance 
conditions have been met. 

LTI 2012/15 and LTI 2013/16
For each of the LTI 2012/15 and the LTI 2013/16, the 
performance conditions are based on the relative Total 
Shareholder Returns of the Company and growth in Earnings Per 
Share before IMIs. Each of these conditions is equally weighted.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) Condition
The TSR Condition requires growth in the Company’s total 
shareholder returns to be at or above the median of the 
companies in the comparator group, being the S&P/ASX 100. 
The S&P/ASX 100 has been chosen as the comparator group 
because, having regard to the business segments in which the 
Group operates and, specifically, the absence of a sufficient 
number of direct comparator companies, the Board considers the 
S&P/ASX 100 to represent the most appropriate, and objective, 
comparator group. It also represents the group of companies 
against which Incitec Pivot competes for shareholder capital.

If, at the end of the performance period, the Company’s TSR 
over the three year performance period is:

•  below the 50th percentile of the comparator group of 

companies ranked by their TSR performance: no performance 
rights in this tranche will vest;

•  between the 50th and 75th percentile of the comparator 
group of companies ranked by their TSR performance: the 
portion of performance rights in this tranche that will vest 
will be increased on a pro rata basis from 50%; and
•  equal to or above the 75th percentile of the comparator 
group of companies ranked by their TSR performance: all 
performance rights in this tranche will vest.

25

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Strategic  
Initiatives Condition 
component

Louisiana Ammonia 
Project 

(Applies to 15% of 
the performance 
rights in a grant)

Business Excellence 
(BEx) System 

(Applies to 15% of 
the performance 
rights in a grant)

Rationale

Scorecard

The Louisiana ammonia 
project currently under 
construction at Waggaman, 
Louisiana, is the largest 
and most significant capital 
project underway within 
the Incitec Pivot Group. The 
project, which is scheduled 
for completion in the third 
quarter of 2016, underpins 
the future growth of the 
Dyno Nobel Americas 
business. 

BEx seeks to drive 
productivity and deliver 
sustainable year on year 
improvements. 

To fully achieve the 
benefits of BEx requires 
management to focus not 
only on driving the 
productivity outcomes 
(‘performance’), but also 
the processes, procedures, 
culture and management 
systems which generate 
those improvements 
(‘practices’).

Measurement criteria

Performance goals

Performance in relation to this 
component of the Strategic 
Initiatives Condition will be 
measured against a Project 
Scorecard comprising 
performance goals based on 
the Project business case, as 
approved by the Board in 
April 2013, related to the 
following key performance 
indicators:

•  safety, 
•  capital cost,
•  plant efficiency, 
•  output and EBITDA. 

Safety: Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate (TRIFR) for the Louisiana 
ammonia project to be less than or 
equal to the Incitec Pivot Group TRIFR

Capital cost: as per Project business 
case (US$850 million)

Plant efficiency: as per Project 
business case (32MMBtu of gas per 
metric tonne of ammonia)

Output and EBITDA: Output and EBITDA 
measures comprising Year 1 output and 
EBITDA consistent with the Project IRR 
of 15% and aligned to the Company’s 
financial year.

Performance in relation to this 
component of the Strategic 
Initiatives Condition will be 
assessed against a Scorecard 
comprising performance goals 
related to:

•  Business system maturity 

(practices)

Business system maturity: An 
absolute improvement in Business 
Excellence system maturity over the 
performance period measured by 
reference to an external benchmark 
against which the baseline and final 
maturity assessments will be verified 
by an independent third party.

•  Cumulative productivity 
benefits (performance)

•  Manufacturing plant 

uptime (performance)

Cumulative productivity benefits: 
Delivery of cumulative savings over the 
performance period against targets 
approved by the Board. 

Manufacturing plant uptime: Plant 
uptime measured across specified 
manufacturing plants, with target 
performance at the end of the 
performance period to be at 75th 
percentile (which reflects world class 
performance for ammonia and 
ammonium phosphate plants globally) 
adjusted for plant age.

Details of the Scorecards and specific performance goals for 
each component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition were 
notified to Executives on commencement of the LTI 2014/17. 
These performance goals involve quantitative targets, some of 
which the Company considers to be commercial-in-confidence, 
with the result that publication of that information prior to the 
end of the performance period may be prejudicial to the 
interests of the Company. Accordingly, complete details of the 
performance goals will be disclosed at the end of the 
performance period in the 2017 Remuneration Report.

Measuring the performance conditions

After the expiry of the relevant performance period, the Board 
determines whether the performance conditions are satisfied. 
The performance conditions are tested once, at the end of the 
relevant performance period. If the performance conditions are 
satisfied and the rights vest, the participant is entitled to 
acquire ordinary shares in the Company. The participant does 
not pay for those shares.

If the performance conditions are not satisfied during the 
performance period, the performance rights will lapse.

In relation to the Strategic Initiatives Condition, at the end of 
the performance period on 30 September 2017, the Board will 
determine the outcome for each of the two components of the 
Strategic Initiatives Condition having regard to the results 
achieved against the performance goals across the entirety of 
the Scorecards for each of those components. If the Board 
determines that all of the performance goals in respect of a 
component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition (that is, either 
the Louisiana ammonia project component or the Business 
Excellence System component) have been achieved, all of the 
performance rights subject to that component will vest (that is, 
15% of the performance rights in a grant). 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

26

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Similarly, if the Board determines that all of the performance 
goals in respect of both the Louisiana ammonia project 
component and the BEx System component have been 
achieved, all of the performance rights subject to the Strategic 
Initiatives Condition will vest (ie 30% of the performance rights 
in a grant). 

If not all performance goals in respect of a component of the 
Strategic Initiatives Condition are met over the performance 
period, the extent to which that component of the Strategic 
Initiatives Condition has been satisfied (if at all) will be 
determined by the Board. In doing so, the Board will have 
regard to the results achieved against the performance goals 
across all of the components of the relevant Scorecard, without 
applying a specific weighting to any particular performance 
goal. This could mean, for example, that the Board may 
determine that all or a proportion of the performance rights the 
subject of the component vest. Similarly, the Board could 
determine that none of the performance rights are to vest if 
some or all of the performance goals for the relevant 
component Scorecard were not satisfactorily met during the 
performance period. 

At the end of the performance period, the Board will disclose in 
the 2017 Remuneration Report, performance against each 
component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition, including the 
rationale for the relevant vesting percentage.

What happens if a participant leaves the Group?

The performance rights will lapse on a cessation of employment 
except where the participant has died, becomes totally and 
permanently disabled, is retrenched or retires. In those 
circumstances, the performance rights will be reduced pro rata 
to the proportion of days worked during the relevant 
performance period. 

What performance rights will vest in respect of the  
30 September 2015 financial year? 

The performance period for the LTI 2012/15 ended on 30 
September 2015. Following testing against the performance 
conditions, in November the Board determined that the 
Company’s relative TSR performance exceeded the median of 
the companies in the S&P/ASX100, with the Company 
achieving a relative TSR ranking of 53.33 against the 
comparator group. Accordingly, 56.66% of the performance 
rights granted subject to the TSR Condition will vest in the 2016 
financial year (being 28.33% of the total performance rights 
granted). No performance rights will vest in respect of the EPS 
Condition as the minimum compound annual growth rate on 
EPS was not met. The performance rights that do not vest 
under the LTI 2012/15 will lapse.

The performance conditions under LTI 2013/16 and LTI 2014/17 
will not be tested until after 30 September 2016 and 30 
September 2017, respectively. 

In what circumstances can the performance rights vest before 
the expiry of the performance period under the LTI Plans?

On the occurrence of one of the following during the relevant 
performance period:
•  a takeover bid is made to holders of shares in the Company;
•  a statement is lodged with ASX to the effect that a person 
has become entitled to not less than 50% of the shares in 
the Company;

27

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

•  the Court orders a meeting to be held in relation to a 

proposed compromise or arrangement in connection with a 
scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its 
amalgamation with any other companies;

•  the Company passes a resolution for a voluntary wind-up; 

or

•  an order is made for the compulsory winding-up of the 

Company,

the Board may give a notice that the performance rights vest 
at the time specified by the Board in the notice.

Analysis of relationship between the Group’s performance, 
shareholder wealth and remuneration

In considering the Group’s performance, the benefit to 
shareholders and appropriate remuneration for the Executives, 
the Board, through its Remuneration Committee, has regard to 
financial and non-financial indices, including the indices shown 
in Table C.3 in respect of the current financial year and the 
preceding four financial years.

Table C.3 – Indices relevant to the Board’s assessment of the 
Group’s performance and the benefit to shareholders 

2011

2012 2013

2014 2015

 530.1 

 404.7   293.5 

356.3 398.6

 32.5 

 24.8 

 18.0 

21.7

23.8

 9.3 

 11.5 

 12.5 

9.3

11.7

 11.5 

 12.4 

9.2

10.8

11.8

Net Profit After Tax excluding 
non-controlling interests 
(before individually material 
items) (NPAT (before IMIs)) 
($m)

Earnings Per Share (before 
individually material items) 
(EPS (before IMIs)) (cents) 

Dividends – paid in the 
financial year – per share 
(DPS (paid)) (cents) 

Dividends – declared in 
respect of the financial year – 
per share (DPS (declared)) 
(cents) 

Share price ($) (Year End) 

 3.27 

 2.98 

 2.69 

2.71

3.90

Total Shareholder Return 
(TSR) (%)(1) 

(10)

4

(16)

(7)

43

(1)  For the financial years ended 30 September 2011 and 30 September 2012, 
the TSR was based on a 3 year compound rate per annum. For the financial 
years ended 30 September 2013, 30 September 2014 and 30 September 
2015, TSR is calculated in accordance with the rules of the LTI 2010/13, LTI 
2011/14 and LTI 2012/15 respectively over the 3 year performance period, 
having regard to the volume weighted average price of the shares over the 
20 business days up to but not including the first and last day of the 
performance period.

The “at risk” or performance related components of the 
Executives’ total remuneration, in the form of short term and 
long term incentives, reward Executives only where value is 
delivered to shareholders, directly linking the reward to the 
Group’s financial results and its overall performance, in the 
case of the long term incentive, over a sustained period of 
three years.

In relation to the LTI, the Company’s approach is to set 
challenging targets to drive the creation of shareholder value. 
LTI awards are only made where there is exceptional 
performance over a sustained period. 

The following graph illustrates the relationship between 
Company performance and STI awards in respect of the current 
financial year and the preceding four financial years. Notably,  
in 2010/11 financial year, with EPS (before IMIs) growing 19% 
awards were made to Executives under the relevant STI plan 
applicable for that year. Conversely, in respect of the 2011/12 
and 2012/13 financial years, EPS (before IMIs) decreased 24% 
and 27% respectively and, accordingly, no awards were made 
under those plans. In the 2013/14 financial year, with EPS 
(before IMIs) growing by 21% to 21.7cps, partial awards were 
made to Executives under the 2013/14 STI plan. For the 
2014/15 financial year EPS (before IMIs) increased by 9.7% to 
23.8cps and, as a result, certain Executives earned awards in 
full in respect of this performance measure.

Company performance and STI outcomes

Cents

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

97%

69%

70%

0%

0%

2010/11

2011/12

2012/13

2013/14

2014/15

Earnings per share (before IMIs)
Average STI payment as percentage of STI opportunity

Executives’ remuneration arrangements

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

Mr James Fazzino was appointed as Managing Director & CEO 
on 29 July 2009. The terms of Mr Fazzino’s appointment as 
Managing Director & CEO are set out in a single contract of 
service dated 29 July 2009. The contract is unlimited in term 
but capable of termination in the manner described below.

Details of the nature and amount of each element of 
remuneration of the Managing Director & CEO are included in 
Table C.4.

The following is a summary of Mr Fazzino’s employment 
arrangements and remuneration.

STI

Mr Fazzino is eligible to participate in Incitec Pivot’s STI Plan. 

For 2014/15, Mr Fazzino’s maximum STI opportunity was 100% 
of his fixed annual remuneration and was determined by 
reference to growth in EPS (before IMIs) in the 2014/15 
financial year.

For the 2014/15 financial year, EPS (before IMIs) was 23.8 cents 
per share and, accordingly Mr Fazzino was awarded a STI 
payment of $2,005,421 in respect of the period from 1 October 
2014 to 30 September 2015. The safety component of Mr 
Fazzino’s STI was forfeited due to a fatality.

LTI

Mr Fazzino participated in the LTI 2012/15, the performance 
period for which ended on 30 September 2015. Mr Fazzino’s 
maximum LTI opportunity under this plan was 100% of fixed 
annual remuneration. On determination of performance 
measured against the performance conditions, in accordance 
with the LTI 2012/15 plan rules, 206,382 of Mr Fazzino’s 
performance rights will vest in the 2016 financial year.

In addition, Mr Fazzino currently participates in the following  
LTI Plans:
•  the LTI 2013/16 pursuant to which Mr Fazzino was issued 

804,218 performance rights as approved by shareholders in 
accordance with the ASX Listing Rules at the 2013 Annual 
General Meeting held on 19 December 2013; and

•  the LTI 2014/17 pursuant to which Mr Fazzino was issued 

773,696 performance rights as approved by shareholders in 
accordance with the ASX Listing Rules at the 2014 Annual 
General Meeting held on 19 December 2014.

Mr Fazzino’s maximum LTI opportunity under these plans is 
100% of fixed annual remuneration.

The LTI 2013/16 and LTI 2014/17 are each for a three year 
period and the performance conditions will not be tested until 
after 30 September 2016 and 30 September 2017, respectively.

Termination by Incitec Pivot

The Company may terminate Mr Fazzino’s employment:
• 

immediately for cause, without payment of any separation 
payment, save as to accrued fixed annual remuneration, 
accrued annual leave and long service leave;

•  otherwise, without cause, with or without notice, in which 
case the Company must pay a separation payment plus 
accrued fixed annual remuneration, accrued annual leave 
and long service leave. The separation payment will be 
equal to 52 weeks of fixed annual remuneration as at the 
date of termination.

Fixed annual remuneration

Termination by Managing Director & CEO

For 2014/15, Mr Fazzino’s fixed annual remuneration was 
$2,228,245, effective 1 October 2014. His fixed annual 
remuneration is reviewed annually having regard to Incitec 
Pivot’s executive remuneration policy. For the 2014/15 
financial year, the fixed annual remuneration for the Executives 
was increased by 3% with effect from 1 October 2014. There is 
no increase to Mr Fazzino’s fixed annual remuneration for the 
financial year commencing 1 October 2015.

The agreement provides that Mr Fazzino may terminate his 
employment on six months’ notice.

Effect of termination on long term incentives

For the LTI 2013/16 and the LTI 2014/17, generally the 
performance rights will lapse except in circumstances of death, 
total and permanent disablement, retrenchment or retirement. 
In those circumstances, the performance rights will be reduced 
pro rata to the proportion of days worked during the relevant 
performance period. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

28

Mr Frank Micallef
Mr Simon Atkinson
Mr Stephen Dawson(1)
Mr Alan Grace
Ms Elizabeth Hunter
Mr Gary Kubera(2)
Mr Jamie Rintel(3)
Mr James Whiteside(4)

Number of Weeks

26 weeks
52 weeks
26 weeks
26 weeks
26 weeks
26 weeks
26 weeks
45.41 weeks 

 (1)  In addition, Mr Dawson’s contract provides where Mr Dawson is terminated 

for reasons not related to performance or conduct, the Company will also pay 
Mr Dawson an additional amount of one months’ FAR at the time of 
termination for each completed year of continuous service, up to 12 months’ 
FAR. 

(2)  Mr Kubera joined the Company on 4 February 2015 and is considered to be a 

Key Management Person from that date.

(3)  With effect from 1 October 2015, Mr Rintel was appointed Chief Operating 

Officer – WALA. From this date, Mr Rintel ceased to be a member of the 
Executive Team and is no longer a Key Management Person.

(4)  On 4 November 2015, Mr Whiteside resigned and will cease employment 

with the Company on 4 December 2015.

Termination by the Executive

An Executive may terminate his/her employment on 13 weeks’ 
notice (save for Mr Atkinson and Mr Grace who may terminate on 
8 weeks’ notice) and the Company may require the Executive to 
serve out the notice period or may make payment in lieu.

Effect of termination on long term incentives

For the LTI 2013/16 and the LTI 2014/17, on cessation of 
employment, the performance rights lapse except in 
circumstances of death, total and permanent disablement, 
retrenchment or retirement. In those circumstances, the 
performance rights will be reduced pro rata to the proportion of 
days worked during the relevant performance period. 

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Executive Team 

Remuneration and other terms of employment for the 
Executives (excluding Mr Fazzino, whose arrangements are set 
out above) are formalised in service agreements between the 
Executive and the Group, details of which are summarised 
below. Most Executives are engaged on similar contractual 
terms, with minor variations to address differing circumstances. 
The Group’s policy is for service agreements for the Executives 
to be unlimited in term, but capable of termination in the 
manner described below. Details of the nature and amount of 
each element of remuneration of the Executives are included in 
Table C.4. 

Fixed annual remuneration

Fixed annual remuneration comprises salary paid in cash and 
mandatory employer superannuation contributions. Fixed 
annual remuneration may also come in other forms such as 
fringe benefits (e.g. motor vehicles). 

This component of remuneration is subject to annual review. For 
the 2014/15 financial year, the fixed annual remuneration for 
the Executives was increased by 3% with effect from 1 October 
2014, save that Ms Hunter received a higher increase following 
a detailed benchmarking of this role.

The fixed annual remuneration for the Executive Team for the 
financial year commencing 1 October 2015 has not been 
increased.

STI

Participation is at the Board’s discretion. For all Executives,  
for the 2014/15 financial year, the maximum STI opportunity 
was 100% of fixed annual remuneration and was determined 
with reference to performance conditions outlined on pages  
22 and 23. 

LTI

Participation is at the Board’s discretion. For the LTI 2012/15, 
the LTI 2013/16 and the LTI 2014/17, for all Executives, the 
maximum LTI opportunity is 80% of fixed annual remuneration. 
For the LTI 2012/15 and LTI 2013/16 the vesting of rights is 
determined by reference to conditions based on relative TSR 
and growth in EPS (before IMIs). For the LTI 2014/17 the 
vesting of rights is determined by reference to relative TSR and 
the delivery of strategic initiatives.

Termination by Incitec Pivot

Incitec Pivot may terminate the service agreements:
• 

immediately for cause, without payment of any separation 
sum, save as to accrued fixed annual remuneration, accrued 
annual leave and long service leave;

•  on notice in the case of incapacity, and the Company must 

pay a separation payment plus accrued fixed annual 
remuneration, accrued annual leave and long service leave;

•  otherwise, without cause, with or without notice and the 
Company must pay a separation payment plus accrued  
fixed annual remuneration, accrued annual leave and long 
service leave.

The amount of a separation payment is calculated on a 
“capped” number of weeks basis as set out in the contract with 
each Executive. The following table sets out the “capped” 
number of weeks for each Executive.

29

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Details of Executive remuneration

Table C.4 – Executive remuneration

Details of the remuneration for each Executive for the year ended 30 September 2015 are set out below.

Short-term benefits

Post- 
employment 
benefits 

Other  
long term 
benefits(C)

Termination 
benefits

Short term 
incentive 
& other 
bonuses(A)

Other 
short  
term 
benefits(B)

Super- 
annuation 
benefits

Salary  
& Fees

Share-based payments

Accounting values

Current  
period 
expense(D)

Prior periods 
expense  
write-back(D)

Total  
share-based 
payments

Total 

Short term
incentive  
& other 
bonuses as a 
proportion of 
remuneration(E)

Year

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

%

2015

2,209

 2,005 

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2015

2014

2,145 

1,730 

898 

872 

745 

692 

745 

724 

745 

724 

561

500 

517

 – 

870 

743 

745 

724 

19 

669 

 – 

181 

 – 

3 

 825

732 

 76

435 

 535

470 

 535

519 

 522

459 

 56

 – 

 688

643 

 611

148 

 – 

364 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –  

 – 

 –  

 – 

 –  

 – 

4 

4 

 – 

 – 

 30 

79 

292 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

55 

1 

 – 

51 

 – 

97 

19 

18 

19 

18 

19 

18 

19 

18 

19 

18 

19 

18 

 – 

 – 

19 

18 

19 

17 

 – 

 – 

 – 

4 

 – 

 – 

74 

65 

21 

23 

16 

32 

31 

29 

17 

62 

6 

2 

 – 

 – 

11 

20 

24 

22 

 – 

 – 

 – 

7 

 – 

 – 

2015

8,054

 5,853

2014

7,977 

5,500 

381 

232 

152 

147 

200 

262 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

371 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,277 

 – 

1,277  5,584 

864 

420 

285 

318 

189 

350 

237 

339 

216 

221 

100 

106 

 – 

350 

227 

350 

237 

 – 

169 

 – 

 – 

 – 

51 

(347)

517 

4,475 

 – 

420  2,183

(114)

171 

1,816 

 – 

(79)

 – 

(95)

 – 

(75)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(95)

 – 

(95)

318  1,174 

110 

1,287 

350  1,684 

142 

1,387 

339  1,655 

141 

1,464 

221  1,359

100 

1,158 

106 

971

 – 

 – 

350  1,938

132 

1,556 

350  1,749 

142 

1,053 

 (207) 

 (207) 

(133)

(77)

92 

1,126 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(33)

 – 

 – 

 – 

18 

 – 

614 

 – 

118 

3,731 

 (207) 

3,524  18,164 

371 

2,575 

(1,010)

1,565  16,054 

 36 

36 

 38

38 

 6 

32 

 32

32 

 32

34 

 38

40 

 6

 – 

 36

39 

 35

13 

 0

30 

 – 

 0 

 – 

 0 

 32

32 

Executives  
– Current

J E Fazzino
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef
Chief Financial Officer

S Atkinson
President – Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
and Global Technology

S Dawson
President – Manufacturing Operations

A Grace
President – Strategic Engineering

E Hunter(1)
Chief Human Resources Officer

G Kubera(2)
President – Dyno Nobel Americas

J Rintel(3) 
President – Strategy & Business 
Development

J D Whiteside
Chief Operating Officer  
– Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

Executives 
– Former

D McAtee(4)
President – Dyno Nobel Americas

K J Gleeson(5)
General Counsel & Company Secretary

B C Walsh(6)
President – Global Manufacturing

Total Executives 

(A)   Certain STI payments are awarded in US$. Such STI payments were converted to A$ at the spot rate on 30 September 2015, being 1.4252.
(B)    Other short term benefits include annual leave paid, the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year (2015: 1 April 2014 to 31 

March 2015) (2014: 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2014), rent and mortgage interest subsidies, relocation allowances and other allowances. For Ms Hunter, this includes 
commuting costs, comprising airfares and car transfers incurred. For Mr Kubera this includes a relocation allowance. For Mr McAtee, Mrs Gleeson and Mr Walsh, this 
includes annual leave paid on termination.

(C)    Other long term benefits represent long service leave accrued during the reporting period. 
(D)   In accordance with accounting standards, remuneration includes the amortisation of the fair value of performance rights issued under the LTI Plans that are 

expected to vest, less any write-back on performance rights lapsed or expected to lapse as a result of actual or expected performance against non-market hurdles 
(“Option Accounting Value”). The value disclosed in Table C.4 represents the portion of fair value allocated to this reporting period and is not indicative of the 
benefit, if any, that may be received by the Executive should the performance conditions with respect to the relevant long term incentive plan be satisfied. In 
respect of the LTI 2012/15, the Company wrote-back an amount of $1.0 million in the 2013/14 financial year which had previously been incurred as an expense in 
the 2012/13 financial year relating to the issue of performance rights to Executives at that time. The accounting standards provide that prior period expenses must 
be written back in certain circumstances. Where these write-backs relate to named executives and directors in the remuneration report, the write-back has been 
recorded against the remuneration of the relevant executives and directors, which is reflected in this Remuneration Report.
  External valuation advice from PricewaterhouseCoopers has been used to determine the fair value at grant date of these rights. The fair value at grant date is 
independently determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the right, the impact of dilution, the 
share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the right. 
The fair value has been allocated evenly over the performance period. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

30

 
 
 
Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

The terms and conditions of each grant affecting remuneration in this or future reporting periods are as follows: 

LTI 2012/15 – TSR

LTI 2012/15 – EPS

LTI 2013/16 – TSR

LTI 2013/16 – EPS

LTI 2014/17 – TSR

Grant date

25/01/2013

25/01/2013

6/01/2014

6/01/2014

30/12/2014

LTI 2014/17 – Strategic Initiatives

30/12/2014

Fair value per share treated as rights at grant date

$1.54

$2.86

$1.40

$2.39

$1.99

$2.88

Once vested, a performance right is deemed to be exercised automatically and no amount is payable on exercise.

The number of rights for the purposes of remuneration, held by each Executive is referred to in Table C.7.

  Refer to “At Risk Remuneration – Long Term Incentive Plans” in section C of this Remuneration Report for further details of the LTI 2012/15, the LTI 2013/16, the LTI 
2014/17 and LTIs generally.

(E)    The short term incentive and other bonuses as a proportion of remuneration is calculated based on the short term incentive expense as a proportion of the total 

remuneration (excluding the prior period share-based payment expense write-back).

(1)   Ms Hunter became a Key Management Person from 9 October 2013.
(2)   Mr Kubera commenced employment on 4 February 2015.  Mr Kubera’s fixed annual remuneration is inclusive of 401K pension contributions. Mr Kubera’s payments 

were converted from US$ to A$ at the average rate for 4 February 2015 to 30 September 2015, being 1.3189. 

(3)  Mr Rintel’s remuneration increased in 2015 to reflect additional interim duties. With effect from 1 October 2015, Mr Rintel was appointed Chief Operating Officer – 

WALA. From this date, Mr Rintel ceased to be a member of the Executive Team and is no longer a Key Management Person. 

(4)  On 7 October 2014, Mr McAtee ceased employment with the Company. The payments received by Mr McAtee in the 2014/15 financial year include accrued annual 

leave. Mr McAtee’s fixed annual remuneration was inclusive of 401K pension contributions. Mr McAtee’s payments were converted from US$ to A$ at the average 
rate for 1 October 2014 to 7 October 2014 being 1.1379. The prior period share-based payment expense write-back includes the accounting value of rights written 
back in relation to the LTI 2012/15 and the LTI 2013/16 upon Mr McAtee’s resignation.

(5)  Mrs Gleeson ceased employment with the Company on 31 December 2013. 
(6)  Mr Walsh ceased employment with the Company on 1 October 2013.  

Details of performance related remuneration: short term incentives

Table C.5 – Short term incentives awarded for the year ended 30 September 2015

Details of the vesting profile of the STI payments awarded for the year ended 30 September 2015 as remuneration to each 
Executive are set out below:

Short term incentive for the year ended 30 September 2015 

Included in remuneration 
$000

% earned

% forfeited 

Executives 
– Current
J E Fazzino 
F Micallef
S Atkinson
S Dawson
A Grace
E Hunter
G Kubera
J Rintel
J D Whiteside
Executives 
– Former
D McAtee
K J Gleeson
B C Walsh

31

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

2,005
825
76
535
535
522
56
688
611

– 
– 
– 

90
90
10
70
70
90
10
90
80

– 
– 
– 

10
10
90
30
30
10
90
10
20

– 
– 
– 

 
 
 
 
 
Details of performance related remuneration: long term incentives

Table C.6 – Details of long term incentives granted and vested in the year ended 30 September 2015 and the vesting profile of 
long term incentives granted as remuneration 
The movement during the reporting period, by value, of rights for the purposes of remuneration held by each Executive and the vesting 
profile of long term incentives granted as remuneration are detailed below:

Grant date

Granted during 2015 
as remuneration(A) 
$000 

Exercised  
in year 
$000

Vested 
in year(B) 
% 

Forfeited 
in year(C) 
% 

Financial year  
in which grant 
may vest (D)

Maximum value of 
outstanding rights(E) 
$000 

Key Management Personnel

Executives 
– Current
J E Fazzino

F Micallef

S Dawson

S Atkinson 

Performance Rights Plan 2012/15
Performance Rights Plan 2013/16
Performance Rights Plan 2014/17
Performance Rights Plan 2012/15
Performance Rights Plan 2013/16
Performance Rights Plan 2014/17
Performance Rights Plan 2012/15
Performance Rights Plan 2013/16
Performance Rights Plan 2014/17
Performance Rights Plan 2012/15
Performance Rights Plan 2013/16
Performance Rights Plan 2014/17
Performance Rights Plan 2012/15
Performance Rights Plan 2013/16
Performance Rights Plan 2014/17
Performance Rights Plan 2013/16
Performance Rights Plan 2014/17
Performance Rights Plan 2014/17
Performance Rights Plan 2012/15
Performance Rights Plan 2013/16
Performance Rights Plan 2014/17
J D Whiteside Performance Rights Plan 2012/15
Performance Rights Plan 2013/16
Performance Rights Plan 2014/17

G Kubera(3)
J Rintel

E Hunter(2)

A Grace(1) 

25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
5 February 2015
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014

Executives 
– Former
D McAtee(4)

B C Walsh

Performance Rights Plan 2012/15
Performance Rights Plan 2013/16
Performance Rights Plan 2012/15

25 January 2013
6 January 2014
25 January 2013

 – 
 – 
1,746 
 –
 – 
575 
– 
– 
479 
– 
– 
479
– 
– 
479
 – 
364 
317
– 
– 
479 
– 
– 
479 

– 
–
–

– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
–
– 
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–

– 
–
–

– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
–
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–

– 
–
–

– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–
– 
–
–
– 
– 
–
– 
– 
–

 100 
 100 
–

2016
2017 
2018
2016
2017 
2018
2016
2017 
2018
2016
2017 
2018
2016
2017 
2018
2017
2018
2018
2016
2017 
2018
2016
2017 
2018

2016 
2017
2016

1,603 
 1,524 
1,746
528 
 502 
575
364 
 346 
479
440 
 418 
479
345 
 418 
479
299 
364
317
440 
 418 
479
440 
 418 
479

– 
–
154

(A)  The value of rights granted in the year is the fair value of those rights calculated at grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The value of these rights 

is included in the table above. This amount is allocated to the remuneration of the applicable Executive over the vesting period (i.e. in financial years 2014/15 to 
2016/17 for the LTI 2014/17).

(B)  The percentage vested in the year represents the number of rights vested due to the performance conditions or other conditions being achieved following Board 

determination.

(C)  The percentage forfeited in the year represents the number of rights forfeited due to performance conditions not being met or being unachievable.

(D)  Whilst the LTI 2012/15 performance conditions were met and accounted for as an expense under AASB 2: Share based payment, the rights did not legally vest 
under the plan rules until Board approval was received in November 2015. As a result, the vesting of these rights will be reported in the 2015/16 financial year.

(E)  The maximum value of outstanding rights is based on the fair value of the performance rights at the grant date. This may be different to the value of the rights in 

the event that they vest. The minimum value of rights yet to vest is $nil, as the performance criteria may not be met.

(1)  Mr Grace’s rights were granted under the LTI 2012/15 based on his fixed annual remuneration prior to him becoming a Key Management Person on 1 October 2013. 

(2)  Ms Hunter’s employment commenced on 9 October 2013 and she is not a participant in the LTI 2012/15. 

(3)  Mr Kubera’s employment commenced on 4 February 2015 and he is not a participant in either the LTI 2012/15 or the LTI 2013/16. 

(4)  Mr McAtee ceased employment with the Company on 7 October 2014. As a result of ceasing employment during the 2014/15 financial year and in accordance 

with his employment arrangements, all of Mr McAtee’s entitlements under the LTI 2012/15 and LTI 2013/16 were forfeited. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

32

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

Modification of terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions

No terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (including rights) granted to a Key Management Person have been 
altered or modified by the issuing entity during the reporting period.

Table C.7 – Movements in rights over equity instruments in the Company

The movement during the reporting period in the number of rights over shares in the Company, held directly, indirectly or 
beneficially, by each key management person, including their related parties, is as follows:

Key Management Personnel

Executives 
– Current
J E Fazzino 

F Micallef

S Atkinson

S Dawson

A Grace

E Hunter

G Kubera

J Rintel

J D Whiteside

Executives 
– Former

D McAtee(1)

K J Gleeson

B C Walsh

Year

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

Number of Rights

Opening  
balance

Granted as 
compensation(A)

Vested(B)

Forfeited(C)

Closing balance

 1,532,715 
 1,319,122 
 504,597 
 434,278 
 348,238 
 274,717 
 420,498 
 361,899 
 377,231 
 284,170 
 157,621 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 420,498 
 327,437 
 420,498 
 361,899 

 356,713 
 173,615 
 – 
 355,787 
 70,127 
 379,907 

 773,696 
 804,218 
 254,715 
 264,763 
 212,263 
 182,721 
 212,263 
 220,636 
 212,263 
 220,636 
 161,111 
 157,621 
 140,552 
 – 
 212,263 
 220,636 
 212,263 
 220,636 

 – 
 196,095 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
(590,625)
 – 
(194,444)
 – 
(109,200)
 – 
(162,037)
 – 
(127,575)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(127,575)
 – 
(162,037)

(356,713)
(12,997)
 – 
(355,787)
 – 
(309,780)

 2,306,411 
 1,532,715 
 759,312 
 504,597 
 560,501 
 348,238 
 632,761 
 420,498 
 589,494 
 377,231 
 318,732 
 157,621 
 140,552 
 – 
 632,761 
 420,498 
 632,761 
 420,498 

 – 
 356,713 
 – 
 – 
 70,127 
 70,127 

(A)  For the 2014/15 financial year, this represents the rights acquired by Executives during the reporting period pursuant to the LTI 2014/17.

(B)  For the 2014/15 financial year, this represents the number of rights that vested during the reporting period.

(C)  For the 2014/15 financial year, this represents rights that were forfeited by Executives during the reporting period.

(1)  Mr McAtee ceased employment with the Company on 7 October 2014. As a result of ceasing employment during the 2014/15 financial year and in accordance with 

his employment arrangements, all of Mr McAtee’s entitlements under the LTI 2012/15 and LTI 2013/16 were forfeited.

33

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Table C.8 – Actual Pay 

The table below provides a summary of actual remuneration paid to the Executives in the financial year ended 30 September 
2015. The accounting values of the Executives’ remuneration reported in accordance with the Accounting Standards may not always 
reflect what the Executives have actually received, particularly due to the valuation of share based payments. The table below 
seeks to clarify this by setting out the actual remuneration that the Executives have been paid in the financial year. Executive 
remuneration details prepared in accordance with statutory requirements and the Accounting Standards are presented in Table C.4 
of this report.

Salary & Fees(A)

Year

$000

Short Term 
Incentive 
& other 
bonuses(B)

$000

Other 
Short Term 
benefits(C)

$000

Superannuation  
benefits

$000

Termination  
benefits(D) 

$000

Executives  
– Current
J E Fazzino
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef
Chief Financial Officer

S Atkinson
President – Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
and Global Technology

S Dawson
President – Manufacturing Operations 

A Grace
President – Strategic Engineering

E Hunter
Chief Human Resources Officer

G Kubera(1)
President – Dyno Nobel Americas

J Rintel(2) 
President – Strategy & Business Development

J D Whiteside
Chief Operating Officer – Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

Executives 
– Former

D McAtee(3)
President – Dyno Nobel Americas

K J Gleeson(4)
General Counsel & Company Secretary

B C Walsh(5) 
President – Global Manufacturing

Total Executives 

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

2,209 
2,145 
898
872 
745 
692 

745 
724 
745 
724 
561 
500 
482 
 – 
889
724 
745 
724 

21
667 
 – 
181 
 – 
3 
8,040
7,956 

1,730 
 – 
732 
 – 
435 
 – 

470 
 – 
519 
 – 
459 
 – 
 – 
 – 
643 
 – 
148 
 – 

364 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
5,500 
 – 

 –  
 – 
– 

 – 
–  
 – 

4 
4 
 – 
 – 
 30  
79 
292 
 – 
 –   
 – 
 –   
 – 

55 
1 
 – 
51 
 – 
97 
381 
232 

19 
18 
19 
18 
19 
18 

19 
18 
19 
18 
19 
18 
 – 
 – 
19 
18 
19 
17 

 – 
 – 
 – 
4 
 – 
 – 
152 
147 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
493 
 – 
1,241 
 – 
1,734 

Total 

$000

3,958 
2,163 
1,649 
890 
1,199 
710 

1,238 
746 
1,283 
742 
1,069 
597 
774 
 – 
1,551
742 
912 
741 

440 
668 
 – 
729 
 – 
1,341 
14,073 
10,069 

(A)   For Mr Kubera, Mr Rintel and Mr McAtee, the salary and fees paid in the reporting period differs from the corresponding amounts for those Executives in Table C.4 

due to timing of certain payments to those Executives at year end.

(B)    Represents short term incentives paid during the 2014/15 financial year in relation to incentives awarded in respect of the 2013/14 financial year under the STI 2013/14.
(C)    Other short term benefits include annual leave paid, the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year (2015: 1 April 2014 to 31 

March 2015) (2014: 1 April 2013 to 31 March 2014), rent and mortgage interest subsidies, relocation allowances and other allowances. For Ms Hunter, this includes 
commuting costs, comprising airfares and car transfers incurred in the 2013/14 financial year. For Mr Kubera this includes a relocation allowance. For Mr McAtee, 
Mrs Gleeson and Mr Walsh this includes annual leave paid on termination.

(D)   Represents termination benefits paid. In relation to Mrs Gleeson and Mr Walsh, this includes long service leave payments on termination.
(1)    Mr Kubera’s employment commenced on 4 February 2015. The disclosures for the 2014/15 financial year are from the date he become a Key Management Person, 
4 February 2015.  Mr Kubera’s fixed annual remuneration is inclusive of 401K pension contributions. Mr Kubera’s payments were converted from US$ to A$ at the 
average rate for 4 February 2015 to 30 September 2015, being 1.3189.
(2)    Mr Rintel’s remuneration increased in 2015 to reflect additional interim duties.
(3)    On 7 October 2014, Mr McAtee ceased employment with the Company. Pursuant to his contract of employment dated 31 May 2012, Mr McAtee was entitled to a 

payment of $439,625 in respect of his salary, short term incentive and accrued annual leave. These amounts were paid to Mr McAtee in the 2014/15 financial year. 
Mr McAtee’s payments were converted from US$ to A$ at the average rate for 1 October 2014 to 7 October 2014 being 1.1379.

(4)    On 31 December 2013, Mrs Gleeson ceased employment with the Company. Pursuant to her contract of employment dated 19 January 2004, Mrs Gleeson was 

entitled to a separation payment of $370,944 and payment of $50,519 for accrued annual leave and $122,225 for accrued long service leave. These amounts were 
paid to Mrs Gleeson in the 2013/14 financial year.

(5)    On 1 October 2013, Mr Walsh ceased employment with the Company following a restructure of Global Manufacturing Operations. Pursuant to his contract of 

employment dated 17 October 2003, Mr Walsh was entitled to a separation payment of $904,031 and payment of $96,850 for accrued annual leave and $337,314 
for accrued long service leave. These amounts were paid to Mr Walsh in the 2013/14 financial year.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

34

Directors’ Report
Remuneration Report

D. Key management personnel disclosures

Table D.1 – Movements in shares in the Company

The movement during the reporting period in the number of shares in the Company held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each 
key management person, including their related parties, is set out in the table below:

Non-executive directors 
– Current
P V Brasher

K J Fagg(1)

G J Hayes(2)

J Marlay 

R J McGrath

G J Smorgon

Non–executive directors 
– Former
A C Larkin(3)

A D McCallum(4)

Executive directors 
– Current
J E Fazzino 

Executive 
– Current
F Micallef

S Atkinson

S Dawson

A Grace(5)

E Hunter

G Kubera(6)

J Rintel

J D Whiteside

Executive 
– Former
D McAtee(7)

K J Gleeson(8)

B C Walsh(9)

Year

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

2015
2014
2014

2015
2014

2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014
2015
2014

2015
2014
2014

2014

Number of Shares(A)

Opening  
balance

Shares 
acquired

Shares 
disposed

Closing  
balance

 40,600 
 40,600 
 10,000 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 37,926 
 37,926 
 13,758 
 7,000 
 – 
 – 

 5,000 
 5,000 
 216,501 

 1,708,180 
 1,708,180 

 – 
 – 
 3,380 
 3,380 
 23,867 
 23,867 
 111,000 
 111,000 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 3,500 
 3,500 

 – 
 – 
 3,241 

 10,500 

 20,000 
 – 
 – 
 10,000 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 5,000 
 6,758 
 13,100 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 15,800 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 (35,200)
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 (10,500)

 60,600 
 40,600 
 10,000 
 10,000 
 – 
 – 
 37,926 
 37,926 
 18,758 
 13,758 
 13,100 
 – 

 5,000 
 5,000 
 216,501 

 1,708,180 
 1,708,180 

 15,800 
 – 
 3,380 
 3,380 
 23,867 
 23,867 
 75,800 
 111,000 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 3,500 
 3,500 

 – 
 – 
 3,241 

 – 

(A)   Includes fully paid ordinary shares and shares acquired under the Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) in Incitec Pivot Limited. Details of the ESOP are set out in 

note 15, Share based payments.

(1)    Ms Fagg was appointed to the Board as a non-executive director effective 15 April 2014.
(2)    Mr Hayes was appointed to the Board as a non-executive director effective 1 October 2014.
(3)    Mr Larkin retired as a director effective 19 December 2014.
(4)    Mr McCallum retired as a director effective 19 December 2013.
(5)    The opening balance represents shares held as at the date of becoming a Key Management Person. Movements are from this date.
(6)    Mr Kubera commenced employment on 4 February 2015.
(7)    Mr McAtee ceased employment with the Company effective 7 October 2014. 
(8)    Mrs Gleeson ceased employment with the Company effective 31 December 2013.
(9)    Mr Walsh ceased employment with the Company effective 1 October 2013.

35

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

(a) Loans to key management personnel

 In the year ended 30 September 2015, there were no loans to key management personnel and their related parties (2014: nil).

(b) Other key management personnel transactions

  The following transactions, entered into during the year and prior year with key management personnel, were on terms and 
conditions no more favourable than those available to other customers, suppliers and employees:

(1)  The spouse of Mr Fazzino, the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, is a partner in the accountancy and tax firm 

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from which the Group purchased services of $6,534,577 during the year (2014: 
$4,701,371). Mr Fazzino’s spouse did not directly provide these services. Mr Fazzino has not engaged PwC at any time for 
any assignment.

(2)  The spouse of Ms Fagg is a partner in the accountancy and tax firm KPMG from which the Group purchased services of 
$443,761 during the year (2014: $89,078). Ms Fagg’s spouse did not directly provide these services. Ms Fagg was not 
involved in any engagement of KPMG.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors:

Paul V Brasher
Chairman

Dated at Melbourne this 9th day of November 2015

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

36

 
 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

550 Bourke Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
GPO Box 78 
Melbourne VIC 3001 Australia 

Tel:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7000
Fax:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7001
www.deloitte.com.au

The Board of Directors 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place 
Southbank Victoria 3006 

9 November 2015

Dear Board Members 

Incitec Pivot Limited 

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the following 
declaration of independence to the directors of Incitec Pivot Limited. 

As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial statements of Incitec Pivot Limited for the financial 
year ended 30 September 2015, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been 
no contraventions of: 

(i)  the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the 

audit; and 

(ii)  any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.   

Yours sincerely 

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

Tom Imbesi  
Partner  
Chartered Accountants 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited 

37

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Report

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and  
Other Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Directors’ Declaration on the Consolidated  
Financial Statements set out on pages 39 to 71 

Audit Report 

Shareholder Information 

Five Year Financial Statistics 

40

41

42

43

44

72

73

75

76

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

38

Financial report

Introduction

This is the consolidated financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (‘the Company’, ‘IPL’, or ‘Incitec Pivot’) a company domiciled in 
Australia, and its subsidiaries including its interests in joint ventures and associates (collectively referred to as the ‘Group’) for 
the financial year ended 30 September 2015.

Over the past year the content and structure of the financial report was reviewed to identify opportunities to make disclosures 
more relevant to the users. This included: 

l  a thorough review of content to eliminate immaterial disclosures to enhance the usefulness of the financial report;
l 

reorganisation of the notes to the financial statements into sections to assist users in understanding the Group’s financial 
position and performance; and

l  using graphs where appropriate, to better illustrate certain important financial information.

The purpose of these changes is to provide users with a clearer understanding of what drives the financial performance and 
financial position of the Group, whilst still complying with the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 and Australian 
Accounting Standards.

Change in content and structure of the financial report

The notes to the financial statements and the related accounting policies are grouped into the following distinct sections in the 
2015 financial report. The accounting policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Financial performance: Provides detail on the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive 
Income and Consolidated Statement of Financial Position that are most relevant to forming an understanding of the 
Group’s financial performance for the year.

Shareholder returns: Provides information on the performance of the Group in generating shareholder returns.

Capital structure: Provides information about the Group’s capital and funding structures.

Capital investment: Provides information on the Group’s investment in tangible and intangible assets, and the Group’s 
future capital commitments.

Risk management: Provides information about the Group’s risk exposures, risk management practices, provisions and 
contingent liabilities.

Other: Provides information on items that require disclosure to comply with Australian Accounting Standards and the 
requirements under the Corporations Act. However, these disclosures are not considered key to understanding the Group’s 
financial performance or financial position.

Information is only included in the notes to the financial statements to the extent it is considered material and relevant to the 
understanding of the financial statements. A disclosure is considered material and relevant if, for example:

l 
l 
l 
l 

the dollar amount is significant in size (quantitative factor)
the item is significant by nature (qualitative factor)
the Group’s results cannot be understood without the specific disclosure (qualitative factor)
it relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that is important to its future performance.

39

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss  
and Other Comprehensive Income 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

Revenue

Financial and other income

Share of profit on equity accounted investments

Operating expenses

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

Raw materials and consumables used and finished goods purchased for resale

Employee expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Financial expenses

Purchased services

Repairs and maintenance

Outgoing freight

Lease payments – operating leases

Asset write-downs, clean-up and environmental provisions

Other expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans

Gross fair value (loss)/gain on assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Fair value (loss)/gain on cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedge (gains)/losses transferred to profit or loss

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

Net loss on hedge of net investment

Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

Notes

(2)

(2)

(16)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(17)

(14)

(14)

(14)

(14)

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

 3,643.3 

 3,352.0 

 51.2 

 38.2 

 59.3 

 33.3 

 (30.8)

 1.0 

 (1,537.6)

 (1,465.2)

 (626.5)

 (249.1)

 (81.6)

 (160.7)

 (141.1)

 (258.4)

 (69.7)

 (5.3)

 (64.2)

 507.7 

 (108.8)

 398.9 

 (4.5)

 (3.6)

 2.7

 (5.4)

 (29.4)

 (5.0)

 657.7 

 (602.6)

 (34.4)

 (13.7)

 (19.1)

 (575.2)

 (223.3)

 (95.0)

 (145.4)

 (130.3)

 (236.6)

 (71.7)

 (134.9)

 (56.3)

 311.7 

 (63.5)

 248.2 

 (14.8)

 3.2 

 5.5 

 (6.1)

 10.8 

 1.9 

 151.3 

 (138.0)

 5.0 

 31.0 

 24.9 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 379.8 

 273.1 

Profit attributable to:

Members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Non-controlling interest

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Non-controlling interest

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share

Basic (cents per share)

Diluted (cents per share)

 398.6 

 0.3 

 398.9 

 379.5 

 0.3 

 379.8 

 23.8 

 23.7 

 247.1 

 1.1 

 248.2 

 272.0 

 1.1 

 273.1 

15.0

15.0

(5)

(5)

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

40

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
As at 30 September 2015

Notes

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

(8)

(4)

(4)

(14)

(4)

(14)

(16)

(9)

(10)

(3)

(4)

(8)

(14)

(13)

(4)

(8)

(14)

(13)

(3)

(17)

(7)

 606.3 

 288.8 

 401.3 

 38.4 

 9.1 

 1,343.9 

 21.2 

 63.2 

 36.0 

 323.6 

 4,003.6 

 3,346.3 

 58.5 

 7,852.4 

 9,196.3 

 888.5 

 747.1 

 129.1 

 86.9 

 44.6 

70.5 

265.5 

434.1 

46.6 

16.9 

833.6 

7.1 

40.3 

221.8 

291.2 

3,511.4 

2,992.3 

72.5 

7,136.6 

7,970.2 

823.0 

33.9 

26.0 

90.5 

16.7 

 1,896.2 

990.1 

 4.6 

 1,806.6 

 77.8 

 93.3 

 543.4 

 86.2 

 2,611.9 

 4,508.1 

 4,688.2 

 3,430.9 

 (156.7)

 1,411.0 

 3.0 

10.1 

1,709.0 

277.0 

83.6 

415.3 

78.1 

2,573.1 

3,563.2 

4,407.0 

3,332.8 

(144.8)

1,216.3 

2.7 

 4,688.2 

4,407.0 

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Other assets

Other financial assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Other financial assets

Equity accounted investments

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligation

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

41

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Notes

(2)

(9)

(10)

(16)

(16)

(2)

(3)

(3)

(16)

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit after tax for the year

Net finance cost

Depreciation and amortisation

Write-down of property, plant and equipment

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Impairment of equity accounted investments

Share of profit on equity accounted investments

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Non-cash share-based payment transactions

Deferred tax expense

Income tax expense

Changes in assets and liabilities

decrease in receivables and other operating assets

decrease/(increase) in inventories

decrease in payables, provisions and other operating liabilities

Dividends received

Interest received

Interest expense

Income tax (paid)/recovered

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment and intangibles

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

(Loans to)/payments from equity accounted investees

Payments from settlement of net investment hedge derivatives

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Repayments of borrowings

Proceeds from borrowings

Realised market value losses on derivatives

Dividends paid

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents held

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of exchange rate fluctuation on cash and cash equivalents held

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

(8)

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

Inflows/ 
(Outflows)

Inflows/ 
(Outflows)

398.9 

68.8 

249.1 

4.5 

–

1.1 

(38.2)

(2.4)

4.3 

59.4 

49.4 

5.4 

47.6 

(58.5)

789.4

37.0

12.8

(67.3)

(15.7)

756.2 

(372.8)

7.0 

(17.3) 

(115.1)

(498.2)

(436.5)

805.1

–

(96.4)

272.2 

530.2 

70.5 

5.6 

606.3 

248.2 

76.9 

223.3 

53.2 

37.6 

26.0 

(33.3)

(14.9)

0.1 

7.2 

56.3 

93.0 

(11.0)

(194.9)

567.7

23.7

18.1

(75.8)

1.5

535.2 

(662.4)

24.4 

5.3 

(5.0)

(637.7)

(224.6)

214.4 

(8.3)

(85.1)

(103.6)

(206.1)

270.6 

6.0 

70.5 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

42

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

Issued  
capital  
$mill

Notes

Cash  
flow  
hedging 
reserve 
$mill 

Share 
-based  
payments 
reserve 
$mill

Foreign  
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$mill

Fair  
value  
reserve 
$mill

Retained 
earnings 
$mill

Non- 
controlling 
interest 
$mill

Total 
$mill

Total 
equity  
$mill

Balance at 1 October 2013

 3,265.9 

 (26.7)

 22.2 

 (163.1)

 (11.0)

 1,129.6 

 4,216.9 

 2.9 

 4,219.8 

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid 

(6)

Shares issued during the year

Share-based payment transactions 

–

–

–

66.9

–

–

 9.3 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 0.5 

–

–

 247.1 

 247.1 

 1.1 

 248.2 

 21.7 

 2.3 

 (8.4)

 24.9 

–

 24.9 

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (152.0)

 (152.0)

 (1.3)

 (153.3)

–

–

66.9

 0.5 

–

–

66.9

 0.5 

Balance at 30 September 2014

 3,332.8 

 (17.4)

 22.7 

 (141.4)

 (8.7)

 1,216.3 

 4,404.3 

 2.7 

 4,407.0 

Balance at 1 October 2014

 3,332.8 

 (17.4)

 22.7 

 (141.4)

 (8.7)

 1,216.3 

 4,404.3 

 2.7 

 4,407.0 

Early adoption of AASB 9  
Financial instruments

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid 

Shares issued during the year

(4)

(6)

(7)

–

–

–

–

 98.1 

Share-based payment transactions  (15)

–

–

–

 (22.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 4.3 

–

–

–

–

 (6.5)

 (6.5)

–

 (6.5)

 398.6 

 398.6 

 0.3 

 398.9 

 8.8

 (2.5)

 (2.9)

 (19.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (194.5)

 (194.5)

–

–

 98.1 

 4.3 

–

–

–

–

 (19.1)

 (194.5)

 98.1 

 4.3 

Balance at 30 September 2015

 3,430.9 

 (39.9)

 27.0 

 (132.6)

 (11.2)

 1,411.0 

 4,685.2 

 3.0 

 4,688.2 

Cash flow hedging reserve
This reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Share-based payments reserve
This reserve comprises the fair value of rights recognised as an employee expense under the terms of the 2012/15, 2013/16 
and 2014/17 Long Term Incentive Plans.

Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled operations are taken to the foreign currency translation 
reserve. The relevant portion of the reserve is recognised in the profit or loss when the foreign operation is disposed of. 

The foreign currency translation reserve is also used to record gains and losses on hedges of net investments in foreign 
operations. 

Fair value reserve
This reserve represents the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity instruments. The annual net change in the fair 
value of investments in equity securities (including both realised and unrealised gains and losses) is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

Non-controlling interest
Represents a 35 percent outside equity interest in Quantum Fertilisers Limited, a Hong Kong based fertiliser marketing company.

43

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

Basis of preparation 

Financial performance 

1   Segment report

2  Revenue and expenses

3 

4 

Taxation

Trade and other assets and liabilities

Shareholder returns 

5 

Earnings per share

6  Dividends

Capital structure 

7 

Contributed equity

8  Net debt

Capital investment

9  Property, plant and equipment

10  Intangibles

11  Impairment of goodwill and non-current assets

12  Commitments

Risk management

13  Provisions and contingencies

14  Financial risk management

Other 

15  Share based payments

16  Equity accounted investments

17  Retirement benefit obligation

18  Deed of cross guarantee

19  Parent entity disclosure

20  Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

21  Key management personnel disclosures

22  Auditor’s remuneration

23  Events subsequent to reporting date

45

46

48

49

50

51

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

67

67

68

69

69

70

71

71

71

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Basis of preparation 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

Basis of preparation and consolidation

Rounding of amounts

The Group is of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/0100 
issued by the Australian Securities and Investments 
Commission. Accordingly, amounts in the consolidated 
financial statements have been rounded off in accordance 
with that Class Order to the nearest one hundred thousand 
dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest one thousand dollars.

Accounting standards issued 

The relevant Australian Accounting Standards and 
Interpretations that became effective and that were  
early adopted by the Group since 30 September 2014 were:

l  AASB 2015-2: Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Disclosure Initiative: Amendments to AASB 
101. The amendments clarify that disclosure in the 
financial statements should be tailored to provide users 
with clear and precise information of an entity’s financial 
performance and financial position.

l  AASB 9: Financial Instruments. The Group early adopted 
the remaining phases of AASB 9 during the year. Detail 
of the impact of early adoption of the standard is 
included in notes 4 and 14.

The following relevant standard was available for early 
adoption but has not been applied by the Group:

l  AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers. 

Details of the expected impact of AASB 15 on the Group, 
when it is adopted, is included in note 2.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, except for 
certain financial instruments which have been measured at 
fair value. 

The financial results and financial position of the Group are 
expressed in Australian dollars, which is the functional 
currency of the Company and the presentation currency for 
the consolidated financial statements. 

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for 
issue by the directors on 9 November 2015.

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are those entities that are controlled by the 
Group. The financial results and financial position of the 
subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial 
statements from the date control commences until the date 
control ceases. 

A list of the Group’s subsidiaries is included in note 20.

Joint ventures and associates

A joint venture is an arrangement where the parties have 
rights to the net assets of the venture. 

Associates are those entities in respect of which the Group has 
significant influence, but not control, over the financial and 
operating policies of the entities. 

Investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for 
using the equity method. They are initially recognised at cost, 
and subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated 
financial statements include the Group’s share of the profit or 
loss and other comprehensive income of the investees.

A list of the Group’s joint ventures and associates is included 
in note 20.

Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements are general purpose 
financial statements which have been prepared in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards (including Australian 
Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001. The 
consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with 
International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations. 
The Company is a for-profit entity.

Deficiency in net current assets

As at 30 September 2015, the Group’s current liabilities 
exceeded its current assets by $552.3m. The Group has 
undrawn financing facilities of $1,478.7m at 30 September 
2015. In addition, the Group’s forecast cash flow for the next 
twelve months indicates that it will be able to meet current 
liabilities as and when they fall due. Accordingly, the 
consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a 
going concern basis. The Group constantly assesses the 
adequacy of its financing arrangements and will establish new 
funding facilities as and when required, to ensure they 
appropriately support its investment grade credit profile and 
liquidity requirements. 

45

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

1. Segment report

The Group operates a number of strategic divisions that offer different products and services and operate in different markets. 
For reporting purposes, these divisions are known as reportable segments. The results of each segment are reviewed monthly 
by the Group’s chief operating decision-makers to assess performance and make decisions about the allocation of resources.

Description of reportable segments

Fertilisers
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF): manufactures and distributes fertilisers in Eastern Australia. The products that IPF manufactures 
include urea, ammonia and single super phosphate. IPF also imports products from overseas suppliers and purchases 
ammonium phosphates from Southern Cross International for resale. 

Southern Cross International (SCI): manufactures ammonium phosphates and is a distributor of its manufactured fertiliser 
product to wholesalers in Australia (including IPF) and the export market. SCI operates the Industrial Chemicals business and 
also includes the Group’s 65 percent share of the Hong Kong marketing company, Quantum Fertilisers Limited.

Fertilisers Elimination (Elim): represents the elimination of profit in stock arising from the sale of SCI manufactured products to 
IPF at an import parity price. 

Explosives
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining 
industry in the Asia Pacific region and Turkey.

Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining, 
quarrying and construction industries in the Americas (USA, Canada, Mexico and Chile) and manufactures and sells  
agricultural chemicals.

Explosives Elimination (Elim): represents elimination of profit in stock arising from DNA sales to DNAP at an arm’s length 
transfer price.

Corporate
Corporate costs include all head office expenses that cannot be directly attributed to the operation of any of the Group’s businesses.

Reportable segments – financial information

30 September 2015

IPF 
$mill

SCI 
$mill

Elim 
$mill

Total 
Fertilisers 
$mill

DNAP 
$mill

DNA 
$mill

Elim 
$mill

Total 
Explosives 
$mill

Corporate/ 
Group 
Elim(1) 
$mill

Consolidated 
Group 
$mill

Sales to external customers 

1,034.5 

755.2 

(278.8) 1,510.9 

910.8  1,268.7 

(32.6)

2,146.9 

(14.5)

3,643.3 

Share of profits in equity  
accounted investments

EBITDA(2)

–

–

–

–

19.2 

19.0 

–

38.2 

–

82.2 

211.6 

(1.1)

292.7 

271.6 

280.7 

1.6 

553.9 

(21.0)

38.2 

825.6 

Depreciation and amortisation

(31.9)

(36.7)

– 

(68.6)

(78.9)

(99.0)

– 

(177.9)

(2.6)

(249.1)

EBIT(3)

Net interest expense

Income tax expense

Profit after tax 

Non-controlling interest

Profit attributable to  
members of IPL

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net segment assets(4)

Deferred tax balances

Net assets

50.3 

174.9 

(1.1)

224.1 

192.7 

181.7 

1.6 

376.0 

(23.6)

576.5 

(68.8)

(108.8)

398.9 

(0.3)

398.6 

811.3 

520.1 

(472.9)

(112.5)

338.4 

407.6 

–

–

–

1,331.4  2,923.6  4,214.2 

(585.4)

(221.0)

(543.5)

746.0  2,702.6  3,670.7 

–

–

–

7,137.8 

668.6 

9,137.8 

(764.5)

(2,614.8)

(3,964.7)

6,373.3 

(1,946.2)

5,173.1 

(484.9)

4,688.2 

(1)  Corporate assets and liabilities include the Group’s interest bearing liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities.
(2)  Earnings Before Interest, related Income tax expense, Depreciation and Amortisation. 
(3)  Earnings Before Interest and related Income tax expense. 
(4)  Net segment assets exclude deferred tax balances.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

46

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

1. Segment report (continued)

Reportable segments – financial information (continued)

30 September 2014

Sales to external customers 

Share of profits in equity  
accounted investments

EBITDA(1)

IPF 
$mill

SCI 
$mill

Total 
Fertilisers 
$mill

Elim 
$mill

DNAP 
$mill

DNA 
$mill

Elim 
$mill

Total 
Explosives 
$mill

Corporate/ 
Group 
Elim 
$mill

Consolidated 
Group 
$mill

953.2 

542.8 

(194.4)

1,301.6 

897.0  1,205.2 

(38.8)   2,063.4 

(13.0)

3,352.0 

–

–

–

–

16.5 

16.8 

–

33.3 

–

134.1 

105.8 

0.1 

240.0 

277.2 

255.6 

1.5   

534.3 

(31.6)

33.3 

742.7 

Depreciation and amortisation

(30.4)

(26.2)

–

(56.6)

(73.9)

(89.9)

–

(163.8)

(2.9)

(223.3)

EBIT(1)

Net interest expense

Income tax expense

Profit after tax(1)

Non-controlling interest

Individually material items  
(net of tax)

Profit attributable to members of IPL

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net segment assets

Deferred tax balances

Net assets

(1)  Excluding individually material items.

103.7 

79.6 

0.1 

183.4 

203.3 

165.7 

1.5   

370.5 

(34.5)

519.4 

(76.9)

(85.1)

357.4 

(1.1)

(109.2)

247.1 

760.1 

563.8 

(434.5)

(89.2)

325.6 

474.6 

–

–

–

1,323.9 

3,003.2  3,207.8 

(523.7)

(197.7)

(453.7)

800.2 

2,805.5  2,754.1 

–

–

–

  6,211.0 

362.8 

7,897.7 

(651.4)

(1,972.8)

(3,147.9)

  5,559.6 

(1,610.0)

4,749.8 

(342.8)

4,407.0 

Geographical information – secondary reporting segments

The Group operates in four principal countries being Australia (country of domicile), USA, Canada and Turkey.

In presenting information on the basis of geographical information, revenue is based on the geographical location of the entity 
making the sale. Assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.

30 September 2015

Australia
$mill

USA
$mill

Canada
$mill

Revenue from external customers

2,306.4 

991.4 

212.3 

Non-current assets other than financial 
assets and deferred tax assets

3,759.5 

3,824.5 

Trade and other receivables

178.0

46.8 

30 September 2014

Australia
$mill

USA
$mill

60.9 

40.3 

Canada
$mill

Revenue from external customers

2,070.3 

882.6 

253.4 

Non-current assets other than financial 
assets and deferred tax assets

3,801.4 

2,863.3 

Trade and other receivables

116.6

48.9

62.5 

50.1

Turkey
$mill

63.9 

1.3

17.1 

Turkey
$mill

79.0 

–

19.4

Other/Elim
$mill

Consolidated
$mill

69.3 

3,643.3 

111.7 

27.8 

7,757.9 

310.0 

Other/Elim
$mill

Consolidated
$mill

66.7 

3,352.0 

115.1 

37.6

6,842.3 

272.6

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

47

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

2. Revenue and expenses

Individually material items

Notes

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

There were no items of revenue or expenses that require 
separate disclosure in order to explain the Group’s financial 
performance at 30 September 2015.

Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:

Key accounting policies

Revenue

External sales

Total revenue

Financial income

Interest income

Other income

3,643.3 

3,352.0 

3,643.3 

3,352.0 

12.8 

18.1 

Royalty income and management fees

(16)

29.5 

23.5 

Net gain on sale of property, plant  
and equipment 

Settlement and curtailment of  
defined benefit plans

(17)

Other income 

Total financial and other income

2.4 

14.9 

4.1 

2.4

0.8 

2.0 

51.2

59.3 

l  

l  

Expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

depreciation

amortisation

Recoverable amount write-down

property, plant and equipment

intangible assets

equity accounted investments

Amounts set aside to provide for:

impairment losses on trade and  
other receivables

inventory losses and obsolescence

employee entitlements

environmental liabilities

legal and other provisions

Notes

(9)

(10)

(9)

(10)

(16)

(13)

(13)

(13)

restructuring and rationalisation costs (13)

Research and development expense

Defined contribution superannuation 
expense

Defined benefit superannuation 
expense

Financial expenses

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

219.4 

194.1 

29.7 

29.2 

249.1 

223.3 

4.5 

–

1.1 

5.6 

2.9 

1.5 

4.4 

0.8 

6.4 

1.4 

9.7 

53.2 

37.6 

26.0 

116.8 

17.2 

0.6 

5.7 

5.6 

1.7 

5.0 

7.3 

31.9 

27.8 

(17)

2.8 

2.2 

Unwinding of discount on provisions

(13)

3.4 

5.6 

Net interest expense on defined  
benefit obligation

(17)

Interest expenses on financial liabilities

Total financial expenses

3.0 

75.2 

81.6 

2.9 

86.5 

95.0 

At 30 September 2014 the Group’s profit included the 
following expense items whose separate disclosure was 
relevant in explaining the financial performance of the Group 
in that year:
l  

Impairment write-down of $61.4m (net of tax, $56.5m) 
in relation to Nitromak’s intangible assets, property, plant 
and equipment and trade receivables balances due to 
declining business activity.
Impairment write-down of the DNA Donora plant of 
$43.4m (net of tax, $26.7m) due to lower forecast 
production at the plant as a result of reduced contracted 
volumes with key North American customers.
Impairment write-down of DNAP’s investment in 
Fabchem China Limited of $26.0m due to lower forecast 
earnings as a result of a slowdown in the Chinese 
nitrogen market.

Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable by the Group. Amounts disclosed as 
revenue are net of returns, trade allowances and amounts 
collected on behalf of third parties.

Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as 
follows: 

Sale of goods: revenue from the sale of goods is recognised 
when the risks and rewards of ownership have been 
transferred to the buyer and where the costs incurred or to 
be incurred can be measured reliably. 

Take-or-pay revenue: take-or-pay revenue is recognised in 
line with the sale of goods policy. In circumstances where 
goods are not taken by the customer, revenue is recognised 
when the likelihood of the customer meeting its obligation 
to ‘take goods’ becomes remote. 

Services: revenue is recognised once the service is delivered. 
The fee for service component is recognised separately from 
the sale of goods.

Interest income is recognised as it accrues. 

Issued Accounting Standards not early adopted
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers establishes 
principles for reporting the nature, amount, timing and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an 
entity’s contracts with customers. The first application date 
for the Group is the financial year ending 30 September 
2019 (subject to Australian Accounting Standards Board 
approval). The Group did not early adopt this Standard when 
it was issued during the year. However, based on preliminary 
assessment of the Group’s material customer contracts, the 
impact of this standard on the recognition and reporting of 
the Group’s revenue is not considered material.

Goods and services tax 
Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities (other than receivables 
and payables) are recognised net of the amount of goods and 
services tax (GST). The only exception is where the amount of 
GST incurred is not recoverable from the relevant taxation 
authorities. In these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part 
of the cost of the asset or as part of the item of expenditure.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

48

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

3. Taxation

Income tax expense for the year

Movements in net deferred tax liabilities

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Current tax expense

Current year

Adjustment to current tax expense  
relating to prior years

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

52.1 

60.5 

(2.7)

49.4 

(4.2)

56.3 

Deferred tax expense

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

59.4 

Total income tax expense

108.8 

7.2 

63.5 

Income tax reconciliation to prima facie tax payable

Profit before income tax

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2014: 30%)
Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible/
(taxable) in calculating taxable income:

Impairment of intangible assets  
and investment
Other foreign deductions
Joint venture income
Sundry items

Difference in overseas tax rates
Adjustment to current tax expense  
relating to prior years

Income tax expense attributable to profit

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

507.7 

311.7 

152.3 

93.5 

0.3 
(30.1)
(11.5)
(3.2)
3.7

(2.7)

108.8 

17.0 
(20.4)
(10.1)
(14.2)
1.9 

(4.2)

63.5 

Tax amounts recognised directly in equity

The aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the year and 
not recognised in net profit or loss but directly charged to equity 
is $31.7m for the year ended 30 September 2015 (2014: credit 
of $10.5m).

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

Deferred tax balances comprise temporary  
differences attributable to the following:
Employee entitlements provision
Retirement benefit obligations
Provisions and accruals
Tax losses
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Joint venture income
Derivatives
Other

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

19.8 
26.7 
46.5 
13.5 
(350.3)
(140.7)
(17.6)
(41.0)
(41.8)

19.0 
24.5 
42.5 
7.2 
(269.1)
(117.9)
(13.4)
(8.9)
(26.7)

Net deferred tax liabilities

(484.9)

(342.8)

Presented in the Statement of  
Financial Position as follows:

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liabilities

58.5 
(543.4)

72.5 
(415.3)

(484.9)

(342.8)

49

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Opening balance at 1 October
Debited to the profit or loss
Charged to equity
Foreign exchange movements
Tax rate change
Adjustments in respect of prior years

2015 
$mill
(342.8)
(55.1)
(31.7)
(51.0)
–
(4.3)

2014 
$mill
(328.1)
(8.4)
10.5 
(19.7)
1.7 
1.2 

Closing balance at 30 September

(484.9)

(342.8)

Key accounting policies
Income tax expense
Income tax expense comprises current tax (amounts payable 
within 12 months) and deferred tax (amounts payable or 
receivable after 12 months). Tax expense is recognised in 
the profit or loss, unless it relates to items that have been 
recognised in equity (as part of other comprehensive 
income). In this instance, the related tax expense is also 
recognised in equity.

Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable 
income for the year. It is calculated using tax rates applicable 
at the reporting date, and any adjustments to tax payable in 
respect of previous years.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences and is calculated based on the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and 
the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is 
measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied 
when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on 
the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at 
the reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it 
is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which the assets can be utilised. Deferred tax assets 
are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax 
benefit will be realised. 

Offsetting tax balances
Tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legal 
right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis or to 
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Tax consolidation
The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident 
entities have formed a tax consolidated group. As a result it 
is taxed as a single entity. The head entity of the tax 
consolidated group is Incitec Pivot Limited.

Key estimates and judgments:
Provisions for potential further tax payments that may 
result from audit activities by the revenue authorities of 
jurisdictions in which the Group operates are recognised 
if a present obligation in relation to a taxation liability is 
assumed as probable and can be reliably estimated.

The assumption regarding future realisation of tax 
benefits, and therefore the recognition of deferred tax 
assets, may change due to the future operating 
performance of the Group, as well as other factors, some 
of which are outside of the control of the Group. 

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

4. Trade and other assets and liabilities

Key accounting policies

The Group’s total trade and other assets and liabilities 
consists of receivables, payables and inventory balances, net 
of provisions for any impairment losses.

30 September 2015

Inventory

Receivables

Payables

30 September 2014

Inventory

Receivables

Payables

Inventory by category:

Raw materials and stores

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

Provisions

Total inventory balance

Trade 
$mill

Other 
$mill

Total 
$mill

 401.3 

 274.3 

–

401.3 

35.7 

310.0 

(667.9) (225.2) (893.1)

7.7  (189.5) (181.8)

Trade 
$mill

Other 
$mill

Total 
$mill

434.1 

241.7 

–

434.1 

30.9 

272.6 

(614.6)

(218.5) (833.1)

61.2 

(187.6)

(126.4)

2015 
$mill

 82.7 

 64.1 

2014 
$mill

 84.6 

 50.4 

 263.7 

306.8 

 (9.2)

 (7.7)

 401.3 

 434.1 

Receivables ageing and provision for impairment

Included in the following table is an age analysis of the 
Group’s trade receivables, along with impairment provisions 
against these balances at 30 September:

Gross 
2015 
$mill

Impairment 
 2015 
$mill

Net 
 2015 
$mill

Gross 
2014 
$mill

Impairment 
 2014 
$mill

Net 
 2014 
$mill

Current

30 – 90 days

Over 90 days

240.5 

38.8 

25.7 

–

240.5  210.9 

–

210.9 

(8.0)  30.8 

(22.7) 

3.0 

35.5 

21.5 

(7.2)

(19.0) 

28.3 

2.5 

Total

305.0 

(30.7)  274.3  267.9 

(26.2)  241.7 

The graphs below show the Group’s trade working capital 
(trade assets and liabilities) performance over a five year 
period.

13 month rolling average trade working capital/
Annual net revenue

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. The cost of manufactured goods is based on a 
weighted average costing method. For third-party sourced 
finished goods, cost is net cost into store. 

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair 
value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. 
Subsequent to initial measurement they are measured at 
amortised cost less any provisions for expected impairment 
losses or actual impairment losses. Credit losses and 
recoveries of items previously written off are recognised in 
the profit or loss.

Where substantially all risks and rewards relating to a 
receivable are transferred to a third party, the receivable is 
derecognised.

During the year, the Group early adopted the remaining 
phases of AASB 9 Financial Instruments. As a result, the 
provision for impairment losses in relation to trade 
receivable balances is calculated using an expected 
impairment loss model. 

This change in accounting policy resulted in an opening 
balance adjustment of $6.5m to retained earnings and the 
provision for impairment losses.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are stated at cost and represent 
liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior 
to the end of the financial year, which are unpaid at the 
reporting date.

Key estimates and judgments:

The expected impairment loss calculation considers the 
impact of past events, and exercises judgment over the 
impact of current and future economic conditions when 
considering the recoverability of outstanding trade 
receivable balances at the reporting date. Subsequent 
changes in economic and market conditions may result 
in the provision for impairment losses increasing or 
decreasing in future periods.

Explosives

Fertilisers

FY11

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15

Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

50

17.5%

15.0

12.5

10.0

7.5

5.0

2.5

0

35 Cents

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Maturity

Date

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

1200  AUDm

Available limits

Drawn funds

144A

Bank Facility

Bank Facility

Bond

144A

USD500m

AUD568m

USD553m

AUD200m

USD800m

Bank Facility

USD400m

Dec 15

Aug 18

Aug 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 20

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Shareholder returns 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

5. Earnings per share

6. Dividends

Basic earnings per share

including individually  
material items

excluding individually  
material items

Diluted earnings per share

including individually  
material items

excluding individually  
material items

2015 
Cents per share

2014 
  Cents per share

Dividends paid or declared by the Company in respect of the 
year ended 30 September were:

 23.8 

 23.8 

 23.7 

 23.7 

 15.0 

 21.7 

 15.0 

 21.7 

Ordinary shares

Final dividend of 5.8 cents per share,  
75 percent franked, paid 18 December 2013

Interim dividend of 3.5 cents per share,  
75 percent franked, paid 1 July 2014

Final dividend of 7.3 cents per share,  
10 percent franked, paid 16 December 2014

Number

Number

Interim dividend of 4.4 cents per share, 
unfranked, paid 1 July 2015

2015 
$000

2014 
$000

–

–

94,466 

57,572 

120,814

73,723

–

–

Total ordinary share dividends

194,537

152,038 

Since the end of the financial year, the directors have 
determined to pay a final dividend of 7.4 cents per share,  
60 percent franked, to be paid on 14 December 2015. The 
total dividend payment will be $124.7m.

The financial effect of this dividend has not been recognised 
in the 2015 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consistent with recent years, the dividend reflects a payout 
ratio of approximately 50% of net profit after tax (before 
individually material items where applicable).

Dividend reinvestment plan

The Group operates a dividend reinvestment plan which 
allows eligible shareholders to elect to invest dividends in 
ordinary shares of Incitec Pivot Limited. The offer price for 
shares is calculated using the daily volume weighted 
average market price of Incitec Pivot Limited’s ordinary 
shares sold on the Australian Securities Exchange, calculated 
with reference to a period of ten consecutive trading days 
less any discount which may apply, as determined by the 
directors. Shares are provided under the plan free of 
brokerage and other transaction costs to the participants and 
rank equally with all other Incitec Pivot Limited ordinary 
shares on issue. There was no discount applied in respect  
of the 2015 final dividend.

Franking credits

Franking credits available to shareholders of the Company 
amount to $5.0m (2014: $4.7m) at the 30 percent (2014:  
30 percent) corporate tax rate. The final dividend for 2015 is  
60 percent franked at the 30 percent corporate tax rate. 

Key accounting policies

A provision for dividends payable is recognised in the 
reporting period in which the dividends are paid. The 
provision is for the total undistributed dividend amount, 
regardless of the extent to which the dividend will be paid  
in cash.

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares used in the 
calculation of basic earnings  
per share(1)

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares used in the 
calculation of diluted earnings  
per share(1)

 1,673,824,398 

 1,643,969,800 

 1,678,614,972 

 1,649,661,656 

(1)  30,658,837 shares were issued during the year ended 30 September 2015  

(2014: 26,268,087), refer note 7.

Reconciliation of earnings used in the calculation 
of basic and diluted earnings per share 
Explosives

Fertilisers

17.5%

15.0

12.5

10.0

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

7.5

Individually material items after income tax

5.0

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 
excluding individually material items

2.5

0

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

 398.6 

 - 

 247.1 

 109.2 

398.6 

356.3 

FY11

FY15
The graph shows the Group’s earnings per share and 
dividend payout over the last five years.

FY14

FY12

FY13

Company performance and dividends declared

Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

35 Cents

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

1200  AUDm

Available limits

Drawn funds

1000

800

600

51

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

400

200

0

Maturity

Date

144A

Bank Facility

Bank Facility

Bond

144A

USD500m

AUD568m

USD553m

AUD200m

USD800m

Bank Facility

USD400m

Dec 15

Aug 18

Aug 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 20

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

7. Contributed equity

Capital management

Capital is defined as the amount subscribed by shareholders 
to the Company’s ordinary shares and amounts advanced by 
debt providers to the Group. The Group’s objectives when 
managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a 
going concern while providing returns to shareholders and 
benefits to other stakeholders.

The Group’s key strategies for maintenance of an optimal 
capital structure include:

l   Aiming to maintain an investment grade credit profile 

and the requisite financial metrics. 

l   Securing access to diversified sources of debt funding 

with a spread of maturity dates and sufficient undrawn 
committed facility capacity.

l   Optimising over the long term, and to the extent 

practicable, the Group’s Weighted Average Cost of Capital 
(WACC), while maintaining financial flexibility.

In order to optimise its capital structure the Group may 
undertake one or a combination of the following actions:

l   Change the amount of dividends paid to shareholders;

l   Return capital or issue new shares to shareholders;

l   Vary discretionary capital expenditure;

l   Raise new debt funding or repay existing debt balances;

l   Draw down additional debt or sell assets to reduce debt.

Key financial metrics

The Group uses a range of financial metrics to monitor the 
efficiency of its capital structure, including gearing ratio (net 
debt/EBITDA) and EBITDA interest cover (before individually 
material items). At 30 September the Group’s position in 
relation to these metrics was:

Gearing ratio (times)

equal or less than 2.5

Interest cover (times)

equal or more than 6.0

1.6 

9.7

2.0

9.1

Target range

2015

2014

Metrics are maintained in excess of any debt covenant 
restrictions. At 30 September 2015, the reported gearing 
ratio is 1.6 times and the reported interest cover ratio is 9.7 
times. These ratios are impacted by a number of factors 
including the level of operating cash flows generated by the 
Group, foreign exchange rates and the fair value of hedges 
economically hedging the Group’s net debt.

Self-insurance

The Group also self-insures for certain insurance risks under 
the Singapore Insurance Act. Under this Act, authorised 
general insurer, Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited (the Group’s 
self-insurance company), is required to maintain a minimum 
amount of capital. For the financial year ended 30 
September 2015, Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited maintained 
capital in excess of the minimum requirements prescribed 
under this Act. Outstanding claims are recognised when an 
incident occurs that may give rise to a claim. They are 
measured at the cost that the entity expects to incur in 
settling the claims.

Issued capital

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares issued are classified as equity and are fully 
paid, have no par value and carry one vote per share and the 
right to dividends. Incremental costs directly attributable to 
the issue of new shares are recognised as a deduction from 
equity, net of any related income tax benefit. 

The table below includes details on movements in issued 
capital and fully paid ordinary shares of the Company during 
the year. 

Date

Details

30 Sept  
2014

Balance at the end of the 
previous financial year

Shares issued during the year

16 Dec 
2014

Shares issued (Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan)

1 July 
2015

Shares issued (Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan)

30 Sept 
2015

Balance at the end of  
the financial year 

Number 
of Shares

$mill

1,654,998,194

3,332.8

20,623,269

10,035,568

59.3

38.8

1,685,657,031

3,430.9

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

52

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Explosives

Fertilisers

17.5%

15.0

12.5

10.0

7.5

5.0

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

FY12

FY11

FY14

FY13

0

2.5

FY15

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

8. Net debt

The Group’s net debt comprises the net of interest bearing 
liabilities, cash and cash equivalents, and the fair value of 
derivative instruments economically hedging the foreign 
exchange rate and interest rate exposures of the Group’s 
interest bearing liabilities at the reporting date. The Group’s 
net debt at 30 September is analysed as follows: 

Notes

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

Interest rate profile
The table below summarises the Group’s interest rate  
profile, net of interest rate hedging, of its interest bearing 
liabilities at 30 September:

Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

35 Cents

30

25

20

Fixed interest rate financial instruments

15

2015 
$mill

940.3 

10

Variable interest rate financial instruments

1,613.4 

2014 
$mill

794.2 

948.7 

Interest bearing liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

2,553.7

1,742.9

 (606.3) 

 (70.5) 

5

0

2,553.7 

1,742.9 

Fair value of derivatives

(14)

(658.1) 

(192.4) 

Net debt

1,289.3 

1,480.0 

Interest bearing liabilities

The Group’s interest bearing liabilities are unsecured and 
expose it to various market and liquidity risks. Detail on these 
risks and their mitigation are included in note 14. 

The following table details the interest bearing liabilities of 
the Group at 30 September:

Current

Bank loans

Fixed interest rate bonds

Loans to joint ventures and associates

Non-current

Bank facility

Fixed interest rate bonds

Total interest bearing liabilities

Fixed interest rate bonds

2015 
$mill

20.1 

714.9 

12.1 

747.1 

2014 
$mill

24.2 

–

9.7 

33.9 

441.1 

– 

1,365.5 

1,709.0 

1,806.6 

1,709.0

2,553.7 

1,742.9 

The Group has on issue the following Fixed Interest Rate 
Bonds in the US 144A/Regulation S debt capital market:

l   USD500m 5 year bond, with a fixed rate semi-annual 
coupon of 4 percent, maturing in December 2015.

l   USD800m 10 year bond, with a fixed rate semi-annual 
coupon of 6 percent, maturing in December 2019. 

The Group has on issue the following Fixed Interest Rate 
Bond in the Australian debt capital market:

l   AUD200m 5.5 year bond, with a fixed rate semi-annual 
coupon of 5.75 percent, maturing in February 2019. 

Bank facility

Bank facilities of AUD568m and USD953m were entered into 
in August 2015 and are split into two facilities. The first 
facility is for a 3 year term maturing in August 2018. This 
facility has two tranches: Tranche A has a limit of AUD568m 
and Tranche B has a limit of USD553m. The second facility 
has a limit of USD400m and is for a 5 year term, maturing in 
August 2020. These facilities replaced the AUD1,450m bank 
facility and will be used for general funding purposes 
including the refinancing of the 144A USD500m bond 
maturing in December 2015. 

53

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

2011

Funding profile
The graph details the Group’s available funding, its maturity 
dates and drawn funds at 30 September 2015:

2014

2015

2012

2013

1200  AUDm

Available limits

Drawn funds

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Maturity
Date

144A
USD500m

Bank Facility
AUD568m

Bank Facility
USD553m

Bond
AUD200m

144A
USD800m

Bank Facility
USD400m

Dec 15

Aug 18

Aug 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 20

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September 2015 was $606.3m 
(2014: $70.5m) and consisted of cash at bank of $103.2m (2014: 
$70.5m) and deposits on call of $503.1m (2014: nil).

Key accounting policies
Interest bearing liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value 
less any directly attributable borrowing costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, interest bearing liabilities are measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method, with any 
difference between cost and redemption value recognised in 
the profit or loss over the period of the borrowings. 

The Group derecognises interest bearing liabilities when its 
obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Any gains  
and losses arising on derecognition are recognised in the 
profit or loss. 

Interest bearing liabilities are classified as current liabilities, 
except for those liabilities where the Group has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 months 
after the year end, which are classified as non-current.

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash includes cash at bank, cash on hand and deposits at 
call, net of bank overdrafts.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs include interest on borrowings and the 
amortisation of premiums relating to borrowings.

Borrowing costs are expensed as incurred, unless they relate 
to qualifying assets (refer note 9). In this instance, the 
borrowing costs are capitalised and depreciated over the 
asset’s expected useful life.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

9. Property, plant and equipment

Freehold land 
and buildings 
$mill

Notes

Machinery, 
plant and 
equipment 
$mill

Construction 
in progress 
$mill

At 1 October 2013

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2014

Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation
Impairment of assets
Reclassification from construction in progress
Foreign exchange movement

Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2014

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2015

Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation
Impairment of assets
Reclassification from construction in progress
Foreign exchange movement

Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2015

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Capitalised interest

During the year ended 30 September 2015 interest of $37.7m 
(2014: $17.7m) was capitalised in relation to the funding of 
expansion projects.

Key accounting policies

Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost, less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. 
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount, 
or recognised as a separate asset, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to 
the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. 

Borrowing costs in relation to the funding of qualifying 
assets are capitalised and included in the cost of the asset. 
Qualifying assets are assets that take more than 12 months 
to get ready for their intended use or sale. Where funds are 
borrowed generally, a weighted average interest rate is used 
for the capitalisation of interest.

Property, plant and equipment is subject to impairment 
testing. For details of impairment of assets, refer note 11.

746.6 

(174.3)

572.3 

572.3 
2.7 
(3.9)
(22.1)
(13.3)
21.2 
6.3 

563.2 

753.0 
(189.8)

563.2 

563.2 
4.5 
(1.0)
(23.1)
–
11.8 
26.8 

582.2 

2,882.3 

(727.9)

2,154.4 

2,154.4 
153.1 
(5.6)
(172.0)
(39.9)
120.0 
30.1 

2,240.1 

3,076.8 
(836.7)

2,240.1 

2,240.1 
38.1 
(3.6)
(196.3)
(4.5)
155.8 
111.3 

2,340.9 

306.8 

 – 

306.8 

306.8 
507.8 
 – 
 – 
 – 
(141.2)
34.7 

708.1 

708.1 
 – 

708.1 

708.1 
361.0 
–
–
–

(167.6)
179.0 

1,080.5 

(2)
(2)

(2)
(2)

Total 
$mill

3,935.7 

(902.2)

3,033.5 

3,033.5 
663.6 
(9.5)
(194.1)
(53.2)
 – 
71.1 

3,511.4 

4,537.9 
(1,026.5)

3,511.4 

3,511.4 
403.6 
(4.6)
(219.4)
(4.5)
– 
317.1 

4,003.6 

804.0 
(221.8)

582.2 

3,481.4 
(1,140.5)

2,340.9 

1,080.5 
 - 

1,080.5 

5,365.9 
(1,362.3)

4,003.6 

Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, is 
depreciated on a straight-line basis. Freehold land is not 
depreciated. Depreciation rates are calculated to spread the 
cost of the asset (less any residual value), over its estimated 
useful life. Residual value is the estimated value of the asset 
at the end of its useful life. 

Estimated useful lives in the current and comparative years 
for each class of asset are as follows:

•  Buildings and improvements 
•  Machinery, plant and equipment  

20  – 40 years
3  – 40 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted 
where relevant when changes in circumstances impact the 
use of the asset.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

54

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

10. Intangibles

At 1 October 2013
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2014
Opening net book amount
Additions
Impairment of intangible assets
Amortisation 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2014
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2015
Opening net book amount
Additions
Amortisation 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2015
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Notes

Software 
$mill

Goodwill 
$mill

Patents, trademarks &  
customer contracts 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

Total 
$mill

(2)
(2)

(2)

86.2 
(54.7)
31.5 

31.5 
0.8 
(0.8)
(10.8)
0.6 
21.3 

87.8 
(66.5)
21.3 

21.3 
5.2 
(10.1)
1.2 
17.6 

98.0 
(80.4)
17.6 

2,537.8 
 – 
2,537.8 

2,537.8 
 – 
(34.1)
 – 
76.8 
2,580.5 

2,580.5 

–

2,580.5 

2,580.5 

–
–
302.7 
2,883.2 

2,883.2 

–

2,883.2 

239.7 
(93.7)
146.0 

146.0 
 – 
 – 
(18.4)
6.5 
134.1 

250.9 
(116.8)
134.1

134.1
–
(19.6)
22.6 
137.1 

294.6 
(157.5)
137.1 

245.7 
 – 
245.7 

245.7 
 – 
(2.7)
 – 
13.4 
256.4 

256.4 
–
256.4 

256.4 
–
–
52.0 
308.4 

308.4 
–
308.4 

3,109.4 
(148.4)
2,961.0 

2,961.0 
0.8 
(37.6)
(29.2)
97.3 
2,992.3 

3,175.6 
(183.3)
2,992.3 

2,992.3 
5.2 
(29.7)
378.5 
3,346.3 

3,584.2 
(237.9)
3,346.3 

Allocation of goodwill
For impairment testing purposes the Group identifies its cash 
generating units (CGUs), which is the smallest identifiable 
group of assets that generate cash inflows largely 
independent of the cash inflows of other assets or other 
groups of assets. Each CGU is no larger than a segment. For 
impairment testing, the Group’s CGUs are the same as its 
reportable segments (as set out in note 1) but with no 
allocation to corporate assets and liabilities.

The Group’s indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to 
the groups of CGUs as follows: 

30 September 2015

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) 
Southern Cross International (SCI) 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) 

30 September 2014

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) 
Southern Cross International (SCI) 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) 

Goodwill 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

183.8 
2.6 
1,132.4 
1,564.4 
2,883.2 

–
–
40.3 
268.1 
308.4 

Goodwill 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

183.8 
2.1 
1,132.4 
1,262.2 
2,580.5 

 – 
 – 
40.3 
216.1 
256.4 

Total 
$mill

183.8 
2.6 
1,172.7 
1,832.5 
3,191.6 

Total 
$mill

183.8 
2.1 
1,172.7 
1,478.3 
2,836.9 

55

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Key accounting policies
Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost  
less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested  
for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or 
circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. 

Brand names 
Brand names acquired by the Group have indefinite useful  
lives and are measured at cost less accumulated impairment. 
They are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if 
events or circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets acquired by the Group have finite lives. 
They are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised  
only when it increases the future economic benefits of the 
asset to which it relates. All other such expenditure is  
expensed as incurred.

Amortisation
Goodwill and brand names are not amortised. 

For intangible assets with finite lives, amortisation is  
recognised in the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over 
their estimated useful life. The estimated useful lives of 
intangible assets in this category are as follows:

•  Software 
•  Product trademarks 
•  Patents 
•  Customer contracts 

3  –   7  years
4  –  10  years
13  –  15  years
10  –  17  years

Useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date and  
adjusted where relevant.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

11. Impairment of goodwill and  

non-current assets 

At 30 September 2015, the Group has identified the following 
indicators of impairment:

Explosives
The global mining downturn, and consequent lower mining 
commodity prices, have resulted in mining companies 
reviewing their operating costs and this has led to margin 
pressure for their suppliers, including explosives manufacturers. 

Fertilisers
Global fertiliser prices are impacted by new supply and 
varying global demand caused by regional weather patterns 
and variable soft commodity pricing. In addition, there is a risk 
that reliable, committed sources of natural gas and sulphuric 
acid at economically viable prices may not be available to the 
Group for use at its Fertilisers manufacturing operations.

In addition, the Group also identified indicators of 
impairment for the Nitromak and Gibson Island assets.
Impairment testing

The Group has prepared value-in-use models for the purpose 
of impairment testing as at 30 September 2015, using five 
year discounted cash flow models based on Board approved 
forecasts. Cash flows beyond the five year period are 
extrapolated using a terminal value growth rate.

The Group’s impairment testing resulted in no impairment at 
30 September 2015. In addition, no reversal of impairment 
was required for the Nitromak and Donora assets that were 
impaired in 2014.
Key assumptions

The estimation of future cash flows requires management to 
make significant estimates and judgments on the timing of 
cash flows, commodity prices and foreign exchange rates. 
Details of the key assumptions used in the value-in-use 
calculations at 30 September are set out below:

Key  
assumptions

DAP(1)

Urea(2)

Gas(3)

AUD:USD(4)

1 – 5 years

2015

2014

$425 
 to $493

 $265  
to $325

$9.00

$0.72  
to $0.76

$457 to  
$482 

$321  
to $333

$9.00

$0.82  
to $0.89

Terminal value  
(after 5 years)

2015

$535

2014

$535

$336

$345

$9.18

$0.76

$9.00

$0.81

(1)  Di-Ammonium Phosphate price (FOB Tampa – USD per tonne).
(2)  Granular Urea price (FOB Middle East – USD per tonne).
(3)  Australian East Coast natural gas price (AUD per gigajoule).
(4)  AUD:USD exchange rate.

Fertiliser prices, foreign exchange rates and natural gas 
prices used in the value-in-use models are estimated by 
reference to external market publications and market analyst 
estimates, and updated at each reporting date.

The post-tax discount rate used in the value-in-use 
calculations is 9% (2014: 9%) for all CGUs except Nitromak 
where 17.5% (2014: 17.5%) was used. The rate reflects the 
underlying cost of capital, adjusted for market risk.

The terminal value growth rate represents the forecast 
consumer price index (CPI) within the respective markets, and 
was 2.5% (2014: 2.5%) for all the CGUs except Nitromak, 
where no growth was assumed (current and prior year). 

The value-in-use models reflects management’s assumption 
that all operating site leases will be extended beyond 2020.

Sensitivity analyses

Included in the table below is a sensitivity analysis of the 
recoverable amounts and, where applicable, the impairment 
charge considering reasonable change scenarios relating to 
key assumptions at 30 September 2015:

AUD:USD  
exchange  
rate

DAP/Urea 
price in  
USD(1)

SCI

+ 5c

$mill

– Value-in-use
– Impairment charge

 (342.8)
 –

Gibson Island

+ 5c

$mill

– Value-in-use
– Impairment charge

 (172.1)
(71.3)

DNAP

– Value-in-use
– Impairment charge

n/a

$mill

 n/a 
 n/a 

- USD40  
per tonne

$mill

 (468.6)
 (93.5)
- USD20  
per tonne

$mill

 (144.5)
 (43.7)

n/a

$mill

Terminal 
 value  
growth  
rate

- 1.0%

$mill

 (80.2)
–

- 1.0%

$mill

 (17.4)
 – 

- 1.0%

$mill

Australian  
East Coast  
natural gas  
price in AUD

+ AUD2 per 
gigajoule

$mill

 (169.1)

–

+ AUD2 per 
gigajoule

$mill

 (227.3)
 (126.5)

n/a

$mill

 n/a 
 n/a 

 n/a 
 n/a 

 (310.3)
 (131.6)

(1)  DAP price impacts the value-in-use of the SCI CGU. The Urea price impacts 

the value-in-use of the Gibson Island assets.

Each of the sensitivities above assumes that a specific 
assumption moves in isolation, while all other assumptions 
are held constant. A change in one of the aforementioned 
assumptions could be accompanied by a change in another 
assumption, which may increase or decrease the net impact.

Impairment of other property, plant and equipment

During the year ended 30 September 2015 property, plant 
and equipment was impaired by $4.5m (2014: $3.6m) as a 
result of the Group’s fixed asset verification procedures and 
the abandonment of certain assets.

Key accounting policies

Impairment testing

The Group performs annual impairment testing at 30 
September for intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. 
More frequent reviews are performed for indicators of 
impairment of all the Group’s assets, including operating 
assets. The identification of impairment indicators involves 
management judgment. Where an indicator of impairment is 
identified, a formal impairment assessment is performed. 

The Group’s annual impairment testing determines whether 
the recoverable amount of a CGU or group of CGUs, to which 
goodwill and/or indefinite life intangible assets are 
allocated, exceeds its carrying amount. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

56

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

11. Impairment of goodwill and  

non-current assets (continued)

Key accounting policies (continued)

Impairment testing (continued)

A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that 
generate cash flows largely independent of cashflows of 
other assets or other groups of assets. Goodwill and other 
indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to CGUs or 
groups of CGUs which are no larger than one of the Group’s 
reportable segments.

12. Commitments

Capital expenditure commitments

Capital expenditure contracted but not provided for or 
payable at 30 September:

no later than one year

later than one, no later than five years

2015 
$mill

146.0 

1.7 

147.7 

2014 
$mill

188.1 

45.3 

233.4 

Determining the recoverable amount

Lease commitments

Impairment testing involves comparing an asset’s 
recoverable amount to its carrying amount. The recoverable 
amount of an asset (excluding receivables) is determined as 
the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value-in-
use. “Value-in-use” is a term that means an asset’s value 
based on the expected future cash flows arising from its 
continued use, discounted to present value. For discounting 
purposes, a post-tax rate is used that reflects current market 
assessments of the risks specific to the asset. 

A recoverable amount is estimated for each individual asset 
or, where it is not possible to estimate for individual assets, 
for the CGU to which the asset belongs. Cash flows are 
estimated for the asset in its current condition and do not 
include cash inflows or outflows that improve or enhance the 
asset’s performance or that may arise from future 
restructuring.

Impairment losses

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying 
amount of an asset (or its CGU) exceeds its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the profit or loss. 
Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are 
allocated against assets in the following order:

•  Firstly, against the carrying amount of any goodwill 

allocated to the CGU. 

•  Secondly, against the carrying amount of any remaining 

assets in the CGU.

Non-cancellable operating lease commitments comprise a 
number of operating lease arrangements for the provision of 
certain equipment. These leases have varying durations and 
expiry dates. The future minimum rental commitments  
are as follows at 30 September:

no later than one year

later than one, no later than five years

later than five years

2015 
$mill

49.5 

76.5 

59.8 

2014 
$mill

50.3 

76.8 

55.4 

185.8 

182.5 

Key accounting policies

Leases are accounted for as either finance leases or 
operating leases. 

Finance leases

Under the terms of a finance lease, the Group assumes most 
of the risks and benefits associated with ownership of the 
leased asset. 

Assets subject to finance leases are measured at the present 
value of the minimum lease payments. The leased asset is 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the period that 
benefits are expected to flow from its use. A corresponding 
liability is established for the lease payments. Each lease 
payment is allocated between finance charges and reduction 
of the liability. 

Key estimates and judgments:

Operating leases

Under the terms of an operating lease, the Group does not 
assume the risks and benefits associated with ownership of 
the leased asset. Payments made under operating leases are 
shown as lease payments in the Consolidated Statement of 
Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income. 

The Group is required to make significant estimates and 
judgments in determining whether the carrying amount 
of its assets and/or CGUs has any indication of 
impairment, in particular in relation to:

•  key assumptions used in forecasting future cash 

flows;

•  discount rates applied to those cash flows; and

• 

the expected long term growth in cash flows.

Such estimates and judgments are subject to change as a 
result of changing economic and operational conditions. 
Actual cash flows may therefore differ from forecasts and 
could result in changes in the recognition of impairment 
charges in future periods. 

57

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

13. Provisions and contingencies

Provisions at 30 September 2015 are analysed as follows:

Employee 
entitlements
$mill

Restructuring and 
rationalisation
$mill

Environmental
$mill

Asset retirement 
obligations
$mill

Legal  
and other
$mill

Total provisions
$mill

56.1 
4.4 
–
(3.6)
0.5

–

57.4 

 51.8 

 5.6 

7.3 
1.4 
–
(4.0)
–

0.2 

4.9 

 4.7 

 0.2 

73.9 
0.8 
(6.4)
(6.7)
0.4 

6.8 

68.8 

 19.0 

 49.8 

32.1 
2.5 
– 
(0.5)
2.5 

1.6 

38.2 

0.5 

 37.7 

4.7 
6.4 
(0.4)
(0.4)
–

0.6 

10.9

10.9

–

174.1 
15.5 
(6.8)
(15.2)
3.4 

9.2 

180.2 

 86.9 

 93.3 

30 September 2015

Carrying amount at 1 October 2014
Provisions made during the year
Provisions written back during the year
Payments made during the year
Unwind

Foreign currency exchange differences

Carrying amount at 30 September 2015

Current

Non-current

Key accounting policies

Provisions

Provisions are measured at management’s estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the obligation. This estimate is 
based on a “present value” calculation, which involves the 
application of a discount rate to the expected future cash 
flows associated with settlement. The discount rate takes into 
account factors such as risks specific to the liability and the 
time value of money.

Employee entitlements 

Provisions are made for liabilities to employees for annual 
leave, long service leave and other employee entitlements. 
Where the payment to employees is expected to take place in 
12 months time or later, a present value calculation is 
performed. In this instance, the corporate bond rate is used to 
discount the liability to its present value.

Restructuring and rationalisation 

Provisions for restructuring or rationalisation are only 
recognised when a detailed plan has been approved and the 
restructuring or rationalisation has either commenced or been 
publicly announced.

Environmental 

Provisions (and the related expense) relating to the 
remediation of soil, groundwater, untreated waste and other 
environmental contamination are made when the Group has 
an obligation to carry out the clean-up operation as a result of 
a past event. In addition, a provision will only be made where 
it is possible to reliably estimate the costs involved. 

Asset retirement

In certain circumstances, the Group has an obligation to 
dismantle and remove an asset and to restore the site on 
which it is located. The present value of the estimated costs 
of this process is recognised as part of the asset that is 
depreciated and also as a provision.

At each reporting date, the provision is remeasured in line 
with changes in discount rates and the timing and amount of 
future estimated cash flows. Any changes in the provision are 
added to or deducted from the related asset, other than 
changes associated with the passage of time. This is 
recognised as a borrowing cost in the profit or loss.

Legal and other

There are a number of legal claims and other exposures, 
including claims for damages arising from products and 
services supplied by the Group, that arise from the ordinary 
course of business. A provision is only made where it is 
probable that a sacrifice of future economic benefits will be 
required and the costs involved can be reliably estimated.

Key estimates and judgments:

Provisions are based on the Group’s estimate of the  
timing and value of outflows of resources required to 
settle or satisfy commitments and liabilities known to  
the Group at the reporting date.

Contingencies

The following contingent liabilities are considered remote. 
However the directors consider they should be disclosed:

•  Under the terms of the ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as 

amended) dated 13 August 1998, which relieved certain 
wholly-owned subsidiaries from the requirement to prepare 
audited financial statements, IPL and certain wholly-owned 
subsidiaries have entered into an approved deed for the 
cross guarantee of liabilities with those subsidiaries 
identified in note 20. No liabilities subject to the deed of 
cross guarantee at 30 September 2015 are expected to 
arise to IPL or the relevant subsidiaries.

•  The Group is regularly subject to investigations and audit 
activities by the revenue authorities of jurisdictions in 
which the Group operates. The outcome of these 
investigations and audits depends upon several factors 
which may result in further tax payments or refunds of 
tax payments already made by the Group.

•  Contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of 
business and include a number of legal claims, 
environmental clean-up requirements and bank 
guarantees.

The Directors are of the opinion that no additional provisions 
are required in respect of these matters, as it is either 
not probable that a future sacrifice of economic benefits 
will be required or the amount is not capable of reliable 
measurement.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

58

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

14. Financial risk management

The Group is exposed to financial risks including liquidity risk, market risk and credit risk. This note explains the Group’s 
financial risk exposures and its objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks.

The Board of Directors (the ‘Board’) has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk 
management framework. The Board established the Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARMC) which is responsible for, 
amongst other things, the monitoring of the Group’s risk management plans. The ARMC is assisted in its oversight role by the 
Group’s Risk Management function. The Risk Management function performs reviews of the Group’s risk management controls 
and procedures, the results of which are reported to the ARMC. The ARMC reports regularly to the Board on its activities.

The Group’s financial risk management framework includes policies to identify, analyse and manage the Group’s financial risks. 
These policies set appropriate financial risk limits and controls, identify permitted derivative instruments and provide guidance on 
how to monitor and report financial risks and adherence to set limits. Financial risk management policies, procedures and systems 
are reviewed regularly to ensure they remain appropriate given changes in market conditions and/or the Group’s activities. 

Financial risks

Liquidity risk: This is the risk that the Group is not able to refinance its debt obligations or meet its cash commitments 
when required. 

Source of risk
Exposure to liquidity risk derives from the Group’s operations 
and from the external interest bearing liabilities that it holds.

This includes stress testing of critical assumptions such as 
input costs, sales prices, production volumes, exchange rates 
and capital expenditure.

Risk mitigation
Liquidity risk is managed by ensuring that there are 
sufficient committed funding facilities available to meet the 
Group’s financial commitments in a timely manner. 

The Group’s forecast liquidity requirements are continually 
reassessed based on regular forecasting of earnings and 
capital requirements.

The Group aims to hold a minimum liquidity buffer of at 
least $500m in undrawn non-current committed funding to 
meet any unforeseen cash flow requirements. Details on the 
Group’s committed finance facilities, including the maturity 
dates of these facilities, are included in note 8.

Outstanding financial instruments

The Group’s exposures to liquidity risk are set out in the tables below:

30 September 2015

Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities

Contractual  
cash flows(1) 
$mill

0 – 12  
months 
$mill

1 – 5 
years 
$mill

more than
5 years 
$mill

30 September 2014

Contractual  
cash flows (1) 
$mill

0 – 12  
months 
$mill

1 – 5 
years 
$mill

more than
5 years 
$mill

2,553.7 

747.1  1,806.6 

Interest payments

357.4 

70.0 

287.4 

Trade and other payables

893.1 

888.5 

Bank guarantees

144.4

70.7

4.6

8.4

–

–

–

Total non-derivative  
cash outflows

Derivative financial  
(assets)/liabilities
Forward exchange contracts

Cross currency interest  
rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Platinum forwards

Natural gas swaps

Net derivative cash  
outflows

3,948.6 1,776.3 2,107.0

65.3

(3.2) 

(3.2) 

–

143.4 

30.1 

113.3 

–

–

9.7

1.2 

10.8

(6.2)

1.2 

10.8

7.4

8.5

–

–

–

–

161.9

32.7

120.7

8.5

Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities

1,742.9 

33.9 

778.2 

930.8 

Interest payments

422.4 

100.3 

294.5 

27.6 

Trade and other payables

65.3

Bank guarantees

Total non-derivative cash 
outflows

Derivative financial  
(assets)/liabilities

833.1 

823.0 

126.2 

57.4 

10.1 

9.0 

–

59.8 

3,124.6  1,014.6  1,091.8  1,018.2 

Forward exchange contracts

(0.8)

(0.8)

Foreign exchange options

9.2 

9.2 

–

–

Cross currency interest  
rate swaps
Interest rate swaps

Net derivative cash  
outflows

81.4
(26.9)

–
(15.3)

81.4
(16.1)

62.9 

(6.9)

65.3 

4.5 

–

–

–
4.5

(1) Contractual cash flows are not discounted, include interest amounts payable, and are based on foreign exchange rates at year end. Any subsequent movements 

in foreign exchange rates could impact the actual cash flows on settlement of these assets and liabilities.

59

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

14. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk: Market risk is the risk that changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices will affect 
the Group’s earnings, cash flows and the carrying values of its financial instruments.

Foreign exchange risk

Source of risk

Risk mitigation

The Group is exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates 
(primarily in USD) on the following transactions and balances:

l   Sales and purchases
l   Trade receivables and trade payables
l  

Interest bearing liabilities

The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange rate 
movements (primarily in USD) on the translation of the 
earnings, assets and liabilities of its foreign operations.

Foreign exchange exposure to sales and purchases is 
mitigated, to the extent possible, by entering into formal 
hedging arrangements. 

The Group hedges both specific transactions and net 
exposures by entering into foreign exchange rate derivative 
contracts. 

The translation risk of USD denominated interest bearing 
liabilities and net investments in foreign operations and their 
earnings is also managed by entering into foreign exchange 
rate derivative financial instruments.

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The tables below summarises the Group’s exposures to movements in the AUD:USD exchange rate and the derivative financial 
instruments that are in place to hedge these exposures at 30 September: 

2015
AUD:USD
USD mill

2014
AUD:USD
USD mill

2015
AUD:USD
USD mill

2014
AUD:USD
USD mill

Transactional exposures

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing liabilities

Translational exposures

0.2 

10.3 

Net investment in foreign operations

2,280.2

2,182.1

(179.0)

(242.0)

(1,573.0)

(1,300.0)

Gross exposure (before hedging)

2,280.2

2,182.1

Gross exposure (before hedging)

(1,751.8)

(1,531.7)

Hedge of translational exposures

Hedge of transactional exposures

Trade and other receivables and payables

Forward exchange contracts

176.4 

235.6 

Interest bearing liabilities

Cross currency interest rate swaps

(1,746.5)

(1,781.5)

Forward exchange contracts

(473.0)

(203.5)

Total hedge contract values

(2,219.5)

(1,985.0)

Net exposure (after hedging)

60.7 

197.1 

Forward exchange contracts

273.0 

–

Cross currency interest rate swaps

1,300.0 

1,300.0 

Foreign exchange rates

Total hedge contract values

1,749.4 

1,535.6 

Net exposure (after hedging)

(2.4)

3.9 

The AUD:USD foreign exchange rates used by the Group to 
translate its foreign denominated earnings, assets and 
liabilities are set out below:

2015
AUD:USD
USD mill

2014
AUD:USD
USD mill

30 September foreign exchange rate

 0.7017 

0.8705 

2015
AUD:USD

2014
AUD:USD

Hedge of forecast sales and purchases

Average foreign exchange rate for the year

 0.7868 

0.9204 

Forward exchange contracts

Foreign exchange options

Total hedge contract values

27.9 

–

154.3 

(165.0)

27.9 

(10.7)

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

60

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

14. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Foreign exchange risk (continued)

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis (continued)

Foreign exchange rate sensitivity on outstanding financial 
instruments

Sensitivity to foreign exchange rate movements during 
the year (unhedged)

The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement 
(net of hedging) in the AUD:USD exchange rate on the 
Group’s profit and equity before tax in relation to foreign 
denominated assets and liabilities at 30 September: 

The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement in 
foreign exchange rates on the Group’s profit before tax, in 
relation to sales and earnings during the year that are 
denominated in USD.

Foreign exchange sensitivity  
– (net of hedging)

+1c
Trade and other receivables and payables  
– (profit or loss)

Hedge of forecast transactions – (equity)

Investments in foreign operations – (equity)

-1c
Trade and other receivables and payables  
– (profit or loss)
Hedge of forecast transactions – (equity)

Investments in foreign operations – (equity)

2015
AUD:USD
AUD mill

2014
AUD:USD
AUD mill

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2015

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2015

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2014

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2014

–

(0.6)

(1.2)

–
0.6 

1.3 

(0.1)

0.1 

(2.6)

0.1 
(0.1)

 2.6 

Foreign exchange 
sensitivity – (unhedged)

USD Fertiliser sales from 
Australian plants

North American USD 
earnings

(9.6)

9.8 

(5.6)

5.7 

(2.9)

2.9 

(2.2)

2.2 

The Fertiliser sales sensitivity calculation is based on actual 
tonnes manufactured by the Australian fertiliser plants and 
sold during the year, the average AUD:USD exchange rate for 
the year, and the average USD fertiliser price.

The North American earnings translation sensitivity 
calculation is based on the earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation from the North American 
business for the year and the average AUD:USD exchange 
rate achieved during the year.

Interest rate risk

Source of risk
Exposure to interest rate risk is a result of the effect of 
changes in interest rates on the Group’s outstanding interest 
bearing liabilities and derivative instruments.

Risk mitigation
The exposure to interest rate risk is mitigated by maintaining a 
mix of fixed and variable interest rate borrowings and by 
entering into interest rate derivative instruments.

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The Group’s interest bearing liabilities at 30 September was $2,553.7m (2014: $1,742.9m), comprising $2,080.4m (2014: 
$1,709.0m) of fixed rate borrowings and $473.3m (2014: $33.9m) of floating rate borrowings (refer note 8). The Group also 
holds interest rate swap contracts as at 30 September summarised in the tables below:

30 September 2015 

USD LIBOR   
not later than one year

later than one year,  
no later than five years

Average  
pay  
fixed rate

Average  
receive  
fixed rate 

Duration  
years

Net  
contract  
amounts  
mill

–

(1.55%)

0.2 

USD 500

30 September 2014 

USD LIBOR   

later than one year,  
no later than five years

Average  
pay  
fixed rate

Average  
receive  
fixed rate 

Duration  
years

Net  
contract  
amounts  
mill

3.31% 

(3.17%)

4.1 

USD 350

later than five years

–

(1.57%)

1.95% 

– 

2.1 

3.6 

USD 450

USD 350

later than five years

3.68% 

–

3.0 

USD 250

AUD BBSW

later than one year,  
no later than five years

3.07%

–

3.0 

AUD 100

61

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

14. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Interest rate risk (continued)

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis (continued)

Interest rate sensitivity on outstanding financial instruments
The following table shows the sensitivity of the Group’s 
profit before tax to a 1 per cent change in interest rates. The 
sensitivity is calculated based on the Group’s interest bearing 
liabilities and derivative financial instruments that are 
exposed to interest rate movements and the AUD:USD 
exchange rate at 30 September:

Interest Rate Sensitivity

LIBOR

BBSW

+ 1%
AUD mill

- 1%
AUD mill

+ 1%
AUD mill

- 1%
AUD mill

2015

2015

2014

2014

(25.1)

7.9 

25.1 

(7.9)

(14.7)

5.1 

14.7 

(5.1)

The sensitivity above is also representative of the Group’s 
interest rate exposures during the year.

Commodity risk

Source of risk
Exposure to changes in commodity prices is by virtue of the 
products that the Group sells and its manufacturing operations, and 
can be categorised into four main commodities, namely: 
Ammonium Nitrate, Ammonium Phosphate, Urea and Natural Gas. 

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The table below includes the Group’s derivative contracts that 
are exposed to changes in natural gas prices at 30 September:

Total volume 
(MMBTU)(1)

Price/
Strike(2)

Total volume 
(MMBTU)(1)

2015

2015

2014

Price/
Strike(2)

2014

Contracts maturing  
within 1 year
Natural gas swaps 
fixed payer/(receiver)
Natural gas options

13,391,500  USD 3.34

(76,050)  USD 3.98

Sold Call
Bought Call
Sold Put
Bought Put

1,499,000  USD 4.00
1,499,000  USD 3.19
1,499,000  USD 2.50
1,499,000  USD 1.50

Contracts maturing  
between 1 and 5 years
Natural gas options

Bought Call
Sold Put

8,232,000  USD 4.24
8,232,000  USD 3.00

(1) Million Metric British Thermal Units 
(2) Nymex Henry Hub gas price

–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

Natural gas price sensitivity on outstanding financial 
instruments 

The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s equity 
before tax to a change of USD1 per MMBTU in the natural 
gas price. The sensitivity is based on natural gas derivative 
contracts held by the Group at 30 September:

Natural gas price  
sensitivity

+ USD1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill

- USD1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill

+ USD1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill

- USD1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill

Henry Hub USD 

2015

27.3 

2015

(27.3)

2014

(0.1) 

2014

0.1

Risk mitigation
Price risk exposure is managed by entering into long term 
contracts with suppliers and customers where possible.
Where commodity price exposures cannot be eliminated 
through contracted and/or other commercial arrangements, the 
Group may enter into derivative contracts where available on a 
needs basis, to mitigate this risk. However, in some instances 
price risk exposure can not be economically mitigated by either 
contractual arrangements or derivative contracts.

Sensitivity to natural gas price movements during the year

The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a change of USD1 per MMBTU in the natural 
gas price. The sensitivity is based on the average natural gas 
price, the average AUD:USD exchange rate (excluding the 
impact of hedging) and the current annual natural gas 
consumption of the Group’s manufacturing operations in the 
Americas that are exposed to changes in natural gas prices:

Natural gas price  
sensitivity

Henry Hub USD

+ USD1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill

- USD1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill

+ USD1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill

- USD1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill

2015

(7.9)

2015

7.9 

2014

(6.4)

2014

6.4 

Sensitivity to fertiliser price movements during the year

The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a USD10 per tonne change in Ammonium 
Phosphates and Urea prices. The sensitivity is based on actual 
tonnes manufactured and sold by the Group during the year 
and the average AUD:USD exchange rate (excluding the 
impact of hedging) for the year:

Fertiliser price sensitivity

2015
Granular Urea (FOB Middle East)
DAP (FOB Tampa)
Urea (FOB NOLA)
2014
Granular Urea (FOB Middle East)
DAP (FOB Tampa)
Urea (FOB NOLA)

+ USD10 
per tonne
AUD mill

- USD10 
per tonne
AUD mill

Actual  
Tonnes  
(’000) 

4.6 
13.3 
2.1 

4.4 
8.4 
1.7 

(4.6)
(13.3)
(2.1)

360 
1,046 
163 

(4.4)
(8.4)
(1.7)

403
775 
158 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

62

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

14. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2015, classified by hedge 
accounting type and market risk category: 

30 September 2015

Notes

Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases

Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge (3)

Commodity risk on forecast purchases

Natural gas swaps
Natural gas options
Platinum forwards
Discontinued hedge (3)

Interest rate risk on highly probable debt

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge (3)
Total cash flow hedges

Fair value hedges(5)
Foreign exchange risk on USD borrowings

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts

Interest rate risk on fixed USD and AUD Bonds

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge(4)
Total fair value hedges

Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Total net investment hedges

Held for trading(6)

Forward exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps

Total held for trading

Offsetting contracts(1)

Equity instruments

Total net

(8)

Balance at 30 September 2015

During the period

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset(1)

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging  
instrument
liability(1)

Fair value 
hedge  
adjustment  
of hedged 
item

Balance of 
gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax

Gains/ 
(losses) 
recognised in 
reserves(2)

Reclassification  
of (gains)/ 
losses from  
reserves to 
profit or loss(2)

 3.0 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 3.0 

 521.5 
 101.8 

 34.8 
 – 
 658.1 

–
2.8
 – 
2.8

48.9
 1.7 

50.6

(670.6)

1.2

 45.1 

(2.8)
 – 

(10.5)
(3.3)
(1.2)
 – 

(43.5)
 – 
(61.3)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(522.9)
(18.9)

(41.1)
 4.5 
(578.4)

 0.1 
 13.4 

(9.2)
(3.4)
(1.2)
(3.6)

(41.8)
(7.7)
(53.4)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 0.1 
 33.2 

(9.2)
(3.4)
(1.2)
(8.2)

(39.2)
(1.5)
(29.4)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(665.0)
(101.8)
 – 
(766.8)

(47.7)
(1.7)

(49.4)

670.6

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(654.3)
(76.8)
(74.7)
(805.8)

(413.0)
(67.3)
(122.3)
(602.6)

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

(16.0)

(3.6)

 – 
(14.3)

 – 
 – 
 – 
 4.6 

 0.7 
 4.0 
(5.0)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(206.9)

(578.4)

(875.2)

(635.6)

(5.0)

(1)  Balances are included in other financial assets/liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. Financial assets and financial liabilities that are 

subject to enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the Statement of Financial Position. 

(2)  Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when 

the underlying forecast transaction occurs. 

(3)  Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the 

underlying transactions occur or upon disposal of the underlying net investment. At 30 September 2015, a loss of $1.4m was transferred from 
reserves to profit or loss in relation to ineffective hedges, as the underlying transaction was no longer expected to occur.

(4)  The fair value hedge adjustment of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the 

hedged item and is amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.

(5)  The total fair value of derivatives hedging the Group’s interest bearing liabilities is $658.1m. The cross currency interest rate swaps and 
forward exchange contracts hedging the foreign currency exposure of the Group’s USD borrowings have a contract value of USD1,573m, 
and are economic hedges of USD1,573m of the Group’s USD interest bearing liabilities. The interest rate swap contracts effectively convert 
USD800m of the Group’s fixed interest rate borrowings to floating interest rates. 

(6)  Derivatives which are classified as held for trading are in economic hedge relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting. These hedges 

are effective economic hedges or offsetting hedges based on contractual amounts and cash flows over the life of the underlying item.

63

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

14. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2014, classified by hedge 
accounting type and market risk category: 

Balance at 30 September 2014

During the period

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset(1)

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging  
instrument
liability(1)

Fair value 
hedge  
adjustment  
of hedged 
item

Balance of 
gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax

Gains/ 
(losses)  
recognised  
in reserves(2)

Reclassification  
of (gains)/ 
losses from  
reserves to 
profit or loss(2) 

30 September 2014

Notes

Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases

Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Interest rate risk on highly probable debt

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge(3)
Total cash flow hedges

Fair value hedges(5)
Foreign exchange risk on USD borrowings

Cross currency interest rate swaps

Interest rate risk on fixed USD and AUD Bonds

(8)

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge(4)
Total fair value hedges

Net investment hedges

Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Total net investment hedges

Held for trading(6)

Forward exchange contracts
Cross currency interest rate swaps
Interest rate swaps
Foreign exchange options

Total held for trading

Equity instruments

Total net

 2.7 
–

 0.6 
 – 
3.3

 165.4 

 27.0 
 – 
192.4

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 38.0 
 – 
 0.2 
 – 

38.2

4.8

(0.2)
 – 

(5.5)
 – 
 (5.7) 

 – 
 – 

–
–
–

– 

– 
– 
–

(163.5)

(34.1)
3.4
(194.2)

 2.4 
(7.9)

(3.1)
(10.4)
(19.0)

–

–
–
–

 2.4 
 12.8 

(3.1)
(1.3)
10.8

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(247.2)
(20.9)
– 
(268.1)

(18.2)
(0.5)
(0.8)
(9.7)

(29.2)

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

(207.3)
(11.1)
 15.2 
(203.2)

(133.6)
(9.9)
5.5
(138.0)

–
–
–
–

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

(12.4)

(234.6)

3.2

(124.0)

 238.7 

(303.0)

(194.2)

–
(1.5)

–
 3.4 
1.9

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

–

 1.9 

(1)  Balances are included in other financial assets/liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. Financial assets and financial liabilities that are 

subject to enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the Statement of Financial Position. 

(2)  Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when 

the underlying forecast transaction occurs. 

(3)  Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the 

underlying transactions occur or upon disposal of the underlying net investment. 

(4)  The fair value hedge adjustment of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the 

hedged item and is amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.

(5)  The total fair value of derivatives hedging the Group’s interest bearing liabilities is $192.4m. The cross currency interest rate swaps hedging the 
foreign currency exposure of the Group’s USD borrowings have a contract value of USD1,300m, and are economic hedges of USD1,300m of the 
Group’s USD interest bearing liabilities. The interest rate swap contracts effectively convert USD800m of the Group’s fixed interest rate 
borrowings to floating interest rates.

(6)  Derivatives which are classified as held for trading are in economic hedge relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting. These hedges 

are effective economic hedges or offsetting hedges based on contractual amounts and cash flows over the life of the underlying item.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

64

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

14. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Credit risk: Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group as a result of customers or counterparties to financial assets 
failing to meet their contractual obligations.

Source of risk

Credit risk exposure

The Group is exposed to customer and counterparty credit risk 
from trade and other receivables and financial instrument 
contracts that are outstanding at the reporting date.

Risk mitigation

The Group minimises the credit risk associated with trade 
and other receivables balances by undertaking transactions 
with a large number of customers in various countries. 

The creditworthiness of customers is reviewed prior to 
granting credit, using trade references and credit reference 
agencies. Credit limits are established and monitored for 
each customer, and these limits represent the highest level 
of exposure that a customer can reach. Trade credit insurance 
is purchased when required.

The Group mitigates credit risk from financial instrument 
contracts by only entering into transactions with 
counterparties who have sound credit ratings and, where 
applicable, with whom the Group has a signed netting 
agreement. Given their high credit ratings, the Group does 
not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations. 

Fair value

The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is 
calculated using a variety of techniques depending on the 
type of financial instrument as follows:

•  The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
traded in active markets (such as equity securities and 
fixed interest rate bonds) is the quoted market price at 
the reporting date.

•  The fair value of forward exchange contracts, interest 
rate swaps, and cross currency interest rate swaps is 
calculated using discounted cash flows, reflecting the 
credit risk of various counterparties. Future cash flows are 
calculated based on the contract rate, observable forward 
interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Adjustments 
for the currency basis are made at the end of the 
reporting period. 

•  The fair value of option contracts is calculated using the 
contract rates and observable market rates at the end of 
the reporting period, reflecting the credit risk of various 
counterparties. The valuation technique is consistent with 
the Black-Scholes methodology and utilises Monte Carlo 
simulations. 

•  The fair value of commodity swaps and forward contracts is 
calculated using their quoted market price, where available. 
If a quoted market price is not available, then fair value is 
calculated using discounted cash flows. Future cash flows 
are estimated based on the difference between the 
contractual price and the current observable market price, 
reflecting the credit risk of various counterparties. These 
future cash flows are then discounted to present value.

•  The nominal value less expected credit losses of trade 
receivables and payables are assumed to approximate 
their fair values due to their short term maturity. 

65

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at 30 
September is the carrying amount, net of any provision for 
impairment, of the financial assets as detailed in the table 
below:

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative assets

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

310.0 

272.6 

606.3 

70.5 

43.9 

233.9 

960.2 

577.0 

Financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to 
enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the 
Statement of Financial Position. At 30 September 2015, the 
amount netted in other financial assets and other financial 
liabilities is $670.6m (2014: nil).

Fair value hierarchy
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair 
value by valuation method. The different levels have been 
defined as follows:
• 

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 
identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within 
Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived 
from prices).
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 
on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

• 

• 

2015

Listed equity securities
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities

2014

Listed equity securities
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities

Level 1 
$mill

1.2 
–
–

Level 1 
$mill

4.8 
 – 
 – 

Level 2 
$mill

–
43.9 
(206.9)

Level 2 
$mill

 – 
233.9 
(303.0)

Level 3 
$mill

–
–
–

Level 3 
$mill

 – 
 – 
 – 

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities carried at 
amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, 
interest bearing liabilities, and trade and other payables are 
carried at amortised cost which equals their fair value. 

Interest bearing liabilities have a carrying value of 
$2,553.7m (2014: $1,742.9m) – refer to note 8. The fair 
value of the interest bearing financial liabilities at 30 
September 2015 was $2,664.3m (2014: $1,860.0m) and was 
based on the level 2 valuation methodology.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

14. Financial risk management (continued)

Key accounting policies

Foreign currency transactions and balances

The Group presents its accounts in Australian dollars. Foreign 
currency transactions are translated into Australian dollars 
using the exchange rates at the date the transaction occurs. 

Balance sheet items, monetary assets (such as trade 
receivables) and liabilities (such as trade creditors) 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated into 
Australian dollars using the exchange rate at 30 September. 
Non-monetary items (for example, plant and machinery) 
that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are 
not re-translated.

Foreign exchange gains and losses relating to transactions 
are recognised in the profit or loss, with the exception of 
gains and losses arising from cash flow hedges and net 
investment hedges that are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations 
are translated at applicable exchange rates at 30 September. 
Income and expense items are translated at the average 
exchange rates for the period. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising on translation are 
recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR). 
If and when the Group disposes of the foreign operation, 
these gains and losses are transferred from the FCTR to the 
profit or loss.

Derivatives and hedging

The Group uses contracts known as derivative financial 
instruments to hedge its financial risk exposures.

On entering into a hedging relationship, the Group formally 
designates and documents details of the hedge, risk 
management objective and strategy for entering into the 
arrangement. The Group applies hedge accounting to 
hedging relationships that are expected to be highly 
effective in offsetting changes in fair value, i.e. where the 
cash flows arising from the hedge instrument closely match 
the cash flows arising from the hedged item. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when:

• 

• 

the hedging relationship no longer meets the risk 
management objective.

the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or 
exercised.

• 

the hedge no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Derivatives are measured at fair value. The accounting 
treatment applied to specific types of hedges is set out 
below.

Cash flow hedges

Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are 
recognised in equity, in the cash flow hedge reserve. To the 
extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are 
recognised in the profit or loss.

Fair value gains or losses accumulated in the reserve are taken 
to profit or loss when the hedged item affects the profit or loss. 

When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount 
recognised in the reserve is transferred to the carrying 
amount of the asset when the asset is purchased.

Net investment hedges

Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation are 
accounted for in a similar way as cash flow hedges. Gains or 
losses on the effective portion of the hedge are recognised 
directly in equity (in the FCTR) while any gains or losses 
relating to the ineffective portion are recognised in the profit 
or loss.

On disposal of the foreign operation, the cumulative value of 
gains or losses recognised in the FCTR are transferred to 
profit or loss.

Fair value hedges

Changes in the fair values of both the hedging instrument 
and hedged item are recognised in the profit or loss.

Hedge ineffectiveness

The Group aims to transact only highly effective hedge 
relationships, and in most cases the hedging instruments 
have a 1:1 hedge ratio with the hedged items. However, at 
times, some hedge ineffectiveness can arise and is 
recognised in profit or loss in the period in which it occurs. 
Key sources of hedge ineffectiveness for the Group are as 
follows: 

•  Maturity dates of hedging instruments not matching the 

maturity dates of the hedged items.

•  Credit risk inherent within the hedging instrument not 

matching the movement in the hedged item. 

• 

Interest rates of the Group’s financing facilities not 
matching the interest rates of the hedging instrument.

•  Forecast transactions not occurring.

Classification of financial instruments

Financial instruments are classified into the following 
categories:

•  Amortised cost (cash and cash equivalents, interest 

bearing liabilities and trade and other receivables and 
payables).

•  Fair value through other comprehensive income (listed 

equity securities).

•  Fair value through profit or loss (derivative financial 

instruments).

Early adoption of AASB 9: Financial Instruments

The early adoption of the remaining phases of AASB 9 during 
the year introduced a new hedge accounting methodology. 
The new methodology had an impact on the way the Group 
measures the effectiveness of its hedging arrangements. It 
allowed the Group to recognise the movement in the time 
value of its hedges in the hedge reserve until the underlying 
transaction occurs. Previously this was recognised 
immediately in the profit or loss.

The adoption of the new hedge accounting methodology did 
not have a material impact on the Group’s results for the 
current or prior year.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

66

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

15. Share based payments

Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIs)

The LTIs are designed to link reward with the key 
performance drivers that underpin sustainable growth in 
shareholder value. With regard to the LTI 2012/15 and LTI 
2013/16 plans, the performance conditions comprise 
earnings per share growth and relative total shareholder 
return. With regard to the LTI 2014/17, the performance 
conditions comprise relative total shareholder return and the 
delivery of certain strategic initiatives. 

The arrangements support the Company’s strategy for 
retention and motivation of its executives.

Employee Share Ownership Plan

The Board established the Incitec Pivot Employee Share 
Ownership Plan (ESOP) on 28 October 2003. The Board 
determines which employees are eligible to receive 
invitations to participate in the ESOP. Invitations are generally 
made annually to eligible employees on the following basis:

•  employees are each entitled to acquire shares with a 

maximum value of $1,000.

•  employees cannot dispose of the shares for a period of 
three years from the date of acquisition or until they 
leave their employment with the Company, whichever 
occurs first.

Expenses arising from share-based payment 
transactions

Total expenses arising from share-based payment 
transactions recognised during the year as part of employee 
benefit expense were as follows:

Accounting value of performance rights 
issued under the LTI performance plans(1)

 4,268 

111

2015 
$000

2014 
$000

Number of performance rights outstanding 
under the LTI performance plans

 6,643,412 

8,529,850

Detailed disclosure of the movements in LTIs are disclosed in 
the Remuneration Report.

Key accounting policies

The rights to shares granted to employees under the terms 
of the plans are measured at fair value. The fair value is 
recognised as an employee expense over the period that 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the rights. 
There is a corresponding increase in equity, which is 
reflected in the share based payments reserve.

The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect 
the actual number of rights taken up, once related service 
and other non-market conditions are met.

67

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

16.  Equity accounted investments

The Group has performed an analysis of the balance sheets 
and the results of each of its joint ventures and associates 
(as listed in note 20) at 30 September 2015 and considers 
them to be individually immaterial to the Group. As a result, 
no individual disclosures are included for the Group’s 
investments in joint ventures and associates.

Included in the table below is the summarised financial 
information of the Group’s joint ventures and associates at 
30 September:

Carrying value of joint ventures and associates

Notes

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

Carrying amount at 1 October

Share of net profits

Impairment of investment in associate  

(2)

Dividends received/receivable

Elimination of profit on transactions  
with joint ventures and associates

291.2 

299.1 

38.2 

33.3 

(1.1)

(37.0)

–

(26.0)

(23.7)

(0.4)

Foreign exchange movement

32.3 

8.9 

Carrying amount at 30 September

323.6 

291.2 

Carrying amount of investments in:

Joint ventures

Associates

Total carrying amount of investments in 
joint ventures and associates   

267.8 

246.7 

55.8 

44.5 

323.6 

291.2 

The investment in Fabchem China Limited has been written 
down by $1.1m (2014: $26.0m) to its fair value of $3.0m at 
30 September 2015 less estimated selling costs.

Transactions between subsidiaries of the Group  
and joint ventures and associates 

Notes

2015 
$mill

315.5 

(34.7)

29.5 

–

(0.1)

37.0 

2014 
$mill

264.5 

(46.8)

23.5 

0.3 

(0.1)

23.7 

Interest income

Interest expense

Dividend income

Joint ventures and associates transactions represent amounts 
that do not eliminate on consolidation. 

Outstanding balances arising from transactions with  
joint ventures and associates

Amounts owing to related parties

Amounts owing from related parties

Loans from joint ventures and associates
Loans to joint ventures and associates

Loans from joint ventures and associates

2015 
$mill

3.7 

45.6 

23.6 

12.1 

2014 
$mill

1.1

39.2

6.5

9.8

Outstanding balances arising from transactions with joint 
ventures and associates are on standard market terms.

(1) The expense disclosed in 2014 is net of the prior year write-back of the LTI 
2012/15 that did not meet the earnings per share performance condition.

Sales of goods/services

Purchase of goods/services

2015 
Number

2014 
Number

Management fees/royalties

(2)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

17. Retirement benefit obligation

The Group operates a number of defined benefit plans in 
North America and Australia to provide benefits for employees 
and their dependants on retirement, disability or death. 

Key assumptions and sensitivities
Principal actuarial assumptions

The Group also makes contributions to defined contribution 
schemes.

Discount rate (gross of tax)
Future salary increases

2015 

2014

3.8% – 6.3% 3.4% – 6.5%
2.0% – 5.0% 2.0% – 5.0%

Financial position and performance
Net defined benefit obligation at 30 September

Present value of obligations

Fair value of plan assets

Net defined benefit obligation

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

385.3 

356.5 

(299.1)

(278.4)

86.2 

78.1 

Maturity profile of the net defined benefit obligation

The expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted defined benefit 
obligation is as follows:

Within next 10 years

Within 10 to 20 years

In excess of 20 years

2015 
$mill

248.1 

176.6 

146.3 

2014 
$mill

242.2 

176.9 

155.8 

Return on plan assets for the year ended 30 September

Actual return on plan assets

Composition plan assets at 30 September

The percentage invested in each asset class:

Equities
Fixed interest securities
Property
Other

2015 
$mill

5.0 

2014 
$mill

24.1

2015

2014

50%
27%
9%
14%

57%
28%
6%
9%

Movements in plan assets/liabilities
Amounts recognised in Other Comprehensive Income

Gains/(losses) arising from  
changes in acturial assumptions

Return on plan assets (less)/greater  
than discount rate
Total recognised in Other  
Comprehensive Income

2015 
$mill

Notes

2014 
$mill

3.3 

(34.3)

(7.8)

19.5

(4.5)

(14.8)

Amounts recognised in Profit or Loss

Net interest expense

Defined benefit superannuation expense

Settlement and curtailment of  
defined benefit plans

(2)

(2)

(3.0) 

(2.8) 

(2.9)

(2.2)

(2)

4.1 

0.8

Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis is based on a change in a significant 
actuarial assumption while holding all other assumptions 
constant. The following table summarises how the defined 
benefit obligation as at 30 September 2015 would have 
increased/(decreased) as a result of a change in the respective 
assumption by 1 percentage point:

Discount rate
Rate of salary increase

1 percent  
increase
(59.6)
20.6 

1 percent  
decrease
71.7 
(20.6)

Key accounting policies
All employees of the group are entitled to benefits from the 
Group’s superannuation plan on retirement, disability or death 
or can direct the group to make contributions to a defined 
contribution plan of their choice. The Group’s superannuation 
plan has a defined benefit section and a defined contribution 
section. The defined benefit section provides defined lump 
sum benefits based on years of service and final average 
salary. The defined contribution section receives fixed 
contributions from group companies and the Group’s legal or 
constructive obligation is limited to these contributions. 
The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet in respect 
of defined benefit superannuation plans is the present value 
of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting 
period less the fair value of plan assets.
Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience 
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are 
recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other 
comprehensive income. They are included in retained earnings 
in the statement of changes in equity and in the balance sheet.
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are 
recognised immediately in profit or loss as past service costs. 
Contributions to the defined contribution section of the 
Group’s superannuation fund and other independent defined 
contribution superannuation funds are recognised as an 
expense as they become payable.

Key estimates and judgments:
The present value of the defined benefit obligation at 
the reporting date is based on expected future payments 
arising from membership of the fund. This is calculated 
annually by independent actuaries considering the 
expected future wage and salary levels of employees, 
experience of employee departures and employee 
periods of service.

Expected future payments are discounted using market 
yields on corporate bonds at the reporting date, which 
have terms to maturity and currency that match, as 
closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

68

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

18. Deed of cross guarantee

19. Parent entity disclosure

Throughout the financial year ended 30 September 2015 the 
parent company of the Group was Incitec Pivot Limited.

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts  
of its subsidiaries

As at 30 September 2015 the Company’s current liabilities 
exceeded its current assets by $1,220.6m. The parent entity 
is a party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee, under which each 
entity guarantees the debt of the other. The Group’s forecast 
cash flows for the next 12 months indicate that it will be 
able to meet current liabilities as and when they fall due. In 
addition, the Group has undrawn financing facilities of 
$1,478.7m at 30 September 2015 and a cash balance of 
$606.3m. 

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income

Results of the parent entity

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive (loss)/income
Total comprehensive (loss)/income  
for the year

Statement of Financial Position

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities 

Total liabilities

Net assets

Share capital 

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

2015 
$mill

 438.8 

2014 
$mill

 66.6 

 (18.1)

 (121.5)

 420.7

 (54.9)

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

 432.8 

 339.6 

 7,325.0 

 6,416.3 

 1,653.4 

 964.1 

 3,664.7 

 3,286.7 

 3,660.3 

 3,129.6 

 3,430.9 

 3,332.8 

 (35.3)

 (222.9)

 264.7 

 19.7 

 3,660.3 

 3,129.6 

Parent entity contingencies and commitments
Contingent liabilities of Incitec Pivot Limited are disclosed in note 13.

Plant and equipment – commitments

Contracted but not yet provided  
for and payable:

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

Within one year

2.4

1.6

Entities that are party to the Deed of Cross Guarantee are 
included in note 20. The Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income and Statement of Financial Position for 
this closed group are shown below: 

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income

Profit before income tax
Income tax expense
Profit for the year

Retained profits at 1 October
Other movements in retained earnings
Dividend paid

2015 
$mill

 535.0 
 (150.5)
 384.5 

2014 
$mill

 341.6 
 (76.5)
 265.1 

 1,346.3 
 (1.3)
 (194.5)

 1,234.3 
(1.1)
(152.0)

Retained profits at 30 September

 1,535.0 

 1,346.3 

Statement of Financial Position

2015 
$mill

2014 
$mill

 419.2 
 175.2 
 261.5 
 12.7 
 9.1 
 877.7 

 134.3 
 4,267.9 
 24.3 
 2,184.8 
 260.9 
 181.4 
 7,053.6 
 7,931.3 

 644.2 
 734.9 
 118.5 
 61.2 
 50.8 
 1,609.6 

 244.6 
 586.0 
 74.5 
 46.8 
 426.3 
 7.3 
 1,385.5 
 2,995.1 
 4,936.2 

 19.3 
 140.5 
 316.4 
 24.0
 16.9 
 517.1 

 129.4 
 4,331.2 
 54.3 
 2,255.9 
 270.6 
 117.4 
 7,158.8 
 7,675.9 

 604.0 
 24.0 
 26.0 
 65.5 
 11.9 
 731.4 

 306.2 
 780.4 
 277.0 
 44.3 
 268.3 
 9.1 
 1,685.3 
 2,416.7 
 5,259.2 

 3,430.9 
 (29.7)
 1,535.0 
 4,936.2 

 3,332.8 
 580.1 
 1,346.3 
 5,259.2 

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Inventories
Other assets
Other financial assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Equity accounted investments
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligation
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

69

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

20.  Investments in subsidiaries, joint 

ventures and associates

The following list includes the Group’s principal operating 
subsidiaries and subsidiaries that are party to the Deed of 
Cross Guarantee dated 30 September 2008. Other than as 
noted below, there were no changes in the Group’s existing 
shareholdings in its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates 
in the financial year. 

Subsidiaries

Name of entity

Company  
Incitec Pivot Limited (1) 

Controlled Entities – operating 
Incitec Fertilizers Limited (1) 
TOP Australia Ltd (1) 
Southern Cross Fertilisers Pty Ltd (1) 
Southern Cross International Pty Ltd (1) 
Incitec Pivot LTI Plan Company Pty Limited 
Incitec Pivot Holdings (Hong Kong) Limited  
Incitec Pivot Explosives Holdings Pty Limited (1) 
TinLinhe Nitrogen Limited  
Quantum Fertilisers Limited  
Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited 
Queensland Operations Pty Limited  
Incitec Pivot Investments 1 Pty Ltd (1) 
Incitec Pivot Investments 2 Pty Ltd  
Incitec Pivot US Investments 
Incitec Pivot US Holdings Pty Ltd 
Incitec Pivot Management LLC 
Incitec Pivot Finance LLC 
Incitec Pivot Finance Australia Pty Ltd (1) 
Dyno Nobel Pty Limited 
Dyno Nobel Australia LLC 
Prime Manufacturing Ltd 
The Dyno Nobel SPS LLC 
Dyno Nobel Europe Pty Ltd 
Dyno Nobel Management Pty Limited 
Industrial Investments Australia Finance Pty Limited 
Dyno Nobel Holdings IV LLC 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA III, Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II, Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA, Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Transportation, Inc.  
Simsbury Hopmeadow Street LLC  
Dyno Nobel Holdings V LLC  
Tradestar Corporation 
Dyno Nobel Explosivos Chile Limitada  
CMMPM, LLC  
CMMPM Holdings, L.P.  
Dyno Nobel Peru S.A. 
Dyno Nobel Mexico, S.A. de C.V.  
Dyno Nobel Canada Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Transportation Canada Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Nunavut Inc.  
Incitec Pivot Finance Canada Inc. 

Ownership 
interest

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
65%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
99%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Name of entity

Controlled Entities – operating (continued) 
Polar Explosives 2000 Inc. 
Polar Explosives Ltd 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific Pty Limited (1) 
Dampier Nitrogen Pty Ltd 
DNX Australia Pty Ltd (1) 
DNX Papua New Guinea Ltd (2) 
Dyno Nobel Moranbah Pty Ltd (1) 
Dyno Nobel Moura Pty Limited (1) 
PT DNX Indonesia 
Nitromak DNX Kimya Sanayii A.S. 
SC Romnitro Explosives Srl. 
DNX Nitro Industria Kimike Sh.p.k 
Dyno Nobel Louisiana Ammonia, LLC 
Dyno Nobel Waggaman Inc. (3) 

Joint ventures and associates

Name of entity

Joint ventures 
Alpha Dyno Nobel Inc 
Boren Explosives Co., Inc. 
Buckley Powder Co. (4) 
IRECO Midwest Inc. 
Wampum Hardware Co. 
Midland Powder Company  
Mine Equipment & Mill Supply Company 
Controlled Explosives Inc. 
Western Explosives Systems Company 
Newfoundland Hard-Rok Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Labrador Inc. 
Quantum Explosives Inc. 
Dene Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. (5) 
Denesoline Western Explosives Inc. (6) 
Queensland Nitrates Pty Ltd 
Queensland Nitrates Management Pty 
DetNet International Limited 
DetNet South Africa (Pty) Ltd 
DNEX Mexico, S. De R.L. de C.V.  
Explosivos De La Region Lagunera, S.A. de C.V. 
Explosivos De La Region, Central, S.A. de C.V. 
Nitro Explosivos de Ciudad Guzman, S.A. de C.V. 
Explosivos Y Servicios Para La Construccion, S.A. de C.V. 
Tenaga Kimia Ensign-Bickford Sdn Bhd  
Sasol Dyno Nobel (Pty) Ltd 

Associates 
Labrador Maskuau Ashini Ltd 
Fabchem China Ltd 
Valley Hydraulics Inc. 
Apex Construction Specialities Inc. 
Innu Namesu Ltd 
Warex Corporation  
Warex LLC 
Maine Drilling and Blasting Group 
Independent Explosives 

Ownership 
interest

100% 
84%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Ownership 
interest

50%
50%
51%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
49%
49%
49%
50%
50%
50%
50%
49%
49%
49%
49%
49%
50%
50%

25%
30%
25%
25%
25%
25%
25%
49%
49%

(1)   A party to Deed of Cross Guarantee dated 30 September 2008. 
(2)   These entities have a 31 December financial year end. 
(3)  Dyno Nobel Waggaman Inc. was incorporated in the 2015 financial year. 
(4)   Due to the contractual and decision making arrangement between the shareholders of the entities, despite the legal ownership exceeding 50 percent, this 

entity is not considered to be a subsidiary. 

(5)   Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49 percent of shares in Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. However, 

under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 75 percent of the profit of Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. 

(6)   Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49 percent of shares in Denesoline Western Explosives Inc. 

However, under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 95 percent of the profit of Denesoline Western Explosives Inc. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

70

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2015

21. Key management personnel disclosures

22. Auditor’s remuneration

Key management personnel remuneration

2015 
$000

2014 
$000

2015 
$000

2014 
$000

Fees payable to the Group's auditor for 
assurance services

Short-term employee benefits

15,896 

15,164

Post-employment benefits

Other long-term benefits

Termination benefits

Share-based payments

267 

200 

–

248 

265 

371 

3,524 

1,565 

19,887 

17,613 

Audit of the Group's annual report(1)

Audit of subsidiaries(2)

Audit-related assurance services(3)

 927.3 

 608.1 

 167.5 

 924.8 

 557.9 

 170.0 

Total current year assurance services

 1,702.9 

 1,652.7 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor  
for other services

Other services relating to taxation(4)

 172.7 

 100.2 

30.0

 55.0 

 202.7 

 155.2 

Determination of key management personnel and detailed 
remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration 
Report.

All other services(5)

Total other services

Loans to key management personnel

In the year ended 30 September 2015, there were no loans 
to key management personnel and their related parties 
(2014: nil).

Other key management personnel transactions

The following transactions, entered into during the year and 
prior year with key management personnel, were on terms 
and conditions no more favourable than those available to 
other customers, suppliers and employees:

(1)  The spouse of Mr Fazzino, the Managing Director & Chief 
Executive Officer, is a partner in the accountancy and tax 
firm PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from which the 
Group purchased services of $6,534,577 during the year 
(2014: $4,701,371). Mr Fazzino’s spouse does not 
directly provide these services. Mr Fazzino has not 
engaged PwC at any time for any assignment.

(2)  The spouse of Ms Fagg is a partner in the accountancy 
and tax firm KPMG from which the Group purchased 
services of $443,761 during the year (2014: $89,078). 
Ms Fagg’s spouse does not directly provide these 
services. Ms Fagg was not involved in any engagement 
of KPMG made by the Group.

Total fees paid to Group auditor

 1,905.6 

 1,807.9 

–   Payable to Australian Group auditor firm
–   Payable to International Group auditor 

associates 

 1,419.8 

 1,511.6 

 485.8 

 296.3 

(1)  Comprises the fee payable to the Group’s auditors for the audit of the 

Group’s financial statements.

(2)  Comprises the audits of the Group’s subsidiaries.
(3)  Mainly comprises review of half-year reports.
(4)  Comprises taxation compliance procedures for the Group’s subsidiaries.
(5)  Comprises non-statutory based assurance procedures.

From time to time, the auditors provide other services to the 
Group. These services are subject to strict corporate 
governance procedures which encompass the selection of 
service providers and the setting of their remuneration. The 
Audit and Risk Management Committee must approve 
individual non audit engagements provided by the Group’s 
auditor above a value of $100,000, as well as where the 
aggregate amount exceeds $250,000 per annum.

23. Events subsequent to reporting date

Dividends

Since the end of the financial year, in November 2015, the 
directors determined to pay a final dividend of 7.4 cents per 
share on 14 December 2015. This dividend is 60 percent 
franked at the 30 percent corporate tax rate.

Other than the matter reported above, the directors have not 
become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial 
year, that has affected or may affect the operations of the 
Group, the result of those operations, or the state of affairs 
of the Group in subsequent years, which has not been 
covered in this report.

71

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Directors’ Declaration 
on the Financial Statements set out on pages 39 to 71

I, Paul Brasher, being a director of Incitec Pivot Limited (“the Company”), do hereby state in accordance with a resolution of the 
directors that in the opinion of the directors,

1.   (a) 

the financial statements and notes, set out on pages 39 to 71, and the remuneration disclosures that are contained in  
the Remuneration Report on pages 18 to 36 of the Directors’ Report, are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001,  
including:

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and the Group as at 30 September 2015 and of their  

performance, for the year ended on that date; and

  (ii)  complying with Accounting Standards in Australia (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the  

  Corporations Regulations 2001;

(b)   the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed on page 45; and

(c)   there are reasonable grounds to believe the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due  

and payable.

2.   There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the controlled entities identified in Note 20 will be able to meet 
any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between the 
Company and those subsidiaries pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as amended).

3.   The directors have been given the declaration by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as required by section 

295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended 30 September 2015.

Paul Brasher
Chairman

Dated at Melbourne this 9th day of November 2015

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

550 Bourke Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
GPO Box 78 
Melbourne VIC 3001 Australia 

Tel:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7000
Fax:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7001
www.deloitte.com.au

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Incitec Pivot Limited 

Report on the Financial Report  

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (“the Company”), which 
comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 September 2015, the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of cash flows 
and  the  consolidated  statement  of  changes  in  equity  for  the  year  ended  on  that  date,  pages 44 to 72 
comprising a summary  of significant accounting policies and  other  explanatory  information, and the 
directors’ declaration of the consolidated entity, comprising the Company and the entities it controlled 
at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.  

Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report 

The  directors of the company are responsible for the  preparation  of the financial report  that  gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal  control  as the  directors determine  is  necessary to  enable  the preparation  of the 
financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. On page 45, the 
directors  also  state,  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standard  AASB  101  Presentation  of  Financial 
Statements, that the financial statements of the consolidated entity comply with International Financial 
Reporting Standards. 

Auditor’s Responsibility 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted 
our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply 
with  relevant  ethical  requirements  relating  to  audit  engagements  and  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to 
obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.   

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures 
in  the  financial  report.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  the  auditor’s  judgement,  including  the 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. 
In  making  those  risk  assessments,  the  auditor  considers  internal  control,  relevant  to  the  entity’s 
preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view, in order to design audit procedures 
that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the  entity’s internal control. An audit also includes  evaluating the appropriateness of 
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well 
as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited

73

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our audit opinion. 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

In conducting  our audit, we  have complied  with the independence requirements  of the  Corporations 
Act  2001.  We  confirm  that  the  independence  declaration  required  by  the  Corporations  Act  2001, 
which has been given to the directors of Incitec Pivot Limited, would be in the same terms if given to 
the directors as at the time of this auditor’s report.  

Opinion 

In our opinion: 

(a)  the  financial  report  of  Incitec  Pivot  Limited  is  in  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001, 

including: 

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 September 

2015 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and 

(ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and 

(b)  the  consolidated  financial  statements  also  comply  with  International  Financial  Reporting 

Standards as disclosed in the Basis of Preparation on page 45 of the Financial Report.

Report on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 18 to 36
 of the directors’ report for the 
year ended 30 September 2015. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and 
presentation  of  the  Remuneration  Report  in  accordance  with  section  300A  of  the  Corporations  Act 
2001.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Remuneration  Report,  based  on  our  audit 
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Opinion 

In  our  opinion  the  Remuneration  Report  of  Incitec  Pivot  Limited  for  the  year  ended  30  September 
2015, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

Tom Imbesi 
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
Melbourne, 9 November 2015 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder Information 
As at 9 November 2015

Distribution of ordinary shareholder and shareholdings

Size of holding

1  

–   1,000

1,001 

–   5,000

5,001 

–   10,000

10,001  –  100,000

100,0001 and over

Total

Number of holders

Percentage

Number of shares

Percentage

11,539

25,705

7,973

6,243

151

51,611

22.36%

49.80%

15.45%

12.10%

0.29%

100.00%

5,397,730

74,123,363

57,829,242

131,270,945

1,417,035,754

1,685,657,034

0.32%

4.40%

3.43%

7.79%

84.06%

100.00%

Included in the above total are 1,864 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of shares. 
The holdings of the 20 largest holders of fully paid ordinary shares represent 80.89% of that class of shares. 

Twenty largest ordinary fully paid shareholders

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

National Nominees Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd  

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

AMP Life Limited 

Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited

BNP Paribas Nomineess Pty Ltd  

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd

National Nominees Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 

ARGO Investments Limited

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

Djerriwarrh Investments Limited

Bond Street Custodians Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

Mirrabooka Investments Limited

CS Third Nominees Pty Ltd 

Total

Substantial shareholders

Number of shares

Percentage

531,136,415

263,578,049

221,243,222

138,873,585

55,106,051

45,503,680

22,611,641

22,029,230

12,919,833

8,874,933

8,697,763

8,449,091

4,603,409

4,095,530

3,182,500

2,931,246

2,680,408

2,642,048

2,037,032

2,032,356

31.51%

15.64%

13.13%

8.24%

3.27%

2.70%

1.34%

1.31%

0.77%

0.53%

0.52%

0.50%

0.27%

0.24%

0.19%

0.17%

0.16%

0.16%

0.12%

0.12%

1,363,228,022

80.89%

The following parties have declared a relevant interest in the number of voting shares at the date of giving the notice under 
Part 6C.1 of the Corporations Act.

Harris Associates L.P.

Commonwealth Bank of Australia

Voting Rights for Ordinary Shares

Votes/Number of shares

154,188,030

121,748,767

Votes of shareholders are governed by the Company’s Constitution. In broad summary, but without prejudice to the provisions of 
these rules, the Constitution provides for votes to be cast:
(a) on a show of hands, one vote for each shareholder; and
(b) on a poll, one vote for each fully paid share.

Unquoted Equity Securities 

As at 9 November 2015, 10,025,997 performance rights with 178 holders were on issue pursuant to Incitec Pivot Employee 
Incentive Plans. 

On-market buy-back

There is no current on-market buy-back.

75

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

 
 
 
Five Year Financial Statistics 

Incitec Pivot Limited and its controlled entities 

Sales

Earnings before depreciation, amortisation, net borrowing costs,  
individually material items (IMIs) and tax

Depreciation and amortisation (excluding IMIs) 

Earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and tax (EBIT)

Net borrowing costs (excluding IMIs)

IMIs before tax

Taxation (expense)/revenue

Operating profit after tax and IMIs

Operating profit/(loss) after tax and IMIs attributable to non controlling interest

Operating profit after tax and IMIs attributable  
to shareholders of Incitec Pivot Limited

IMIs after tax

Operating profit after tax before IMIs (net of tax)

Dividends

Current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Intangibles

Other non-current assets

Total assets

Current borrowings and payables

Current provisions

Non-current borrowings and payables

Non-current provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Equity attributable to non controlling interest

Total shareholders’ equity

Ordinary Shares 

2015
$mill

2014
$mill

2013
$mill

2012
$mill

2011 
$mill

3,643.3 

3,352.0 

3,403.7 

3,500.9 

3,545.3 

825.6 

742.7 

645.2 

754.9 

920.3 

(249.1)

576.5 

(68.8)

 -  

(108.8)

398.9 

0.3 

(223.3)

519.4 

(76.9)

(130.8)

(63.5)

248.2 

1.1 

(183.7)

461.5 

(71.2)

(41.5)

18.9 

367.7 

(155.8)

599.1 

(55.5)

168.1 

(203.7)

508.0 

0.6 

(2.7)

(148.2)

772.1 

(58.2)

(92.5)

(154.1)

467.3 

4.1 

398.6 

247.1 

367.1 

510.7 

463.2 

–

398.6 

194.5 

1,343.9 

4,003.6 

323.6 

(109.2)

356.3 

152.0 

833.6 

3,511.4 

291.2 

73.6 

293.5 

203.6 

1,175.2 

3,033.5 

299.1 

106.0 

404.7 

187.3 

1,020.5 

2,738.5 

292.8 

(66.9)

530.1 

151.4 

1,388.0 

2,283.3 

257.1 

3,346.3 

2,992.3 

2,961.0 

2,845.2 

2,942.3 

178.9 

341.7 

215.0 

116.4 

131.2 

9,196.3 

7,970.2 

7,683.8 

7,013.4 

7,001.9 

1,809.3 

86.9 

899.6 

90.5 

1,052.4 

108.4 

969.4 

122.8 

1,064.9 

98.3 

2,518.6 

2,489.5 

2,225.7 

1,815.3 

2,068.2 

93.3 

4,508.1 

4,688.2 

4,685.2 

3.0 

83.6 

3,563.2 

4,407.0 

4,404.3 

2.7 

77.5 

3,464.0 

4,219.8 

4,216.9 

2.9 

74.5 

2,982.0 

4,031.4 

4,029.1 

2.3 

63.8 

3,295.2 

3,706.7 

3,701.7 

5.0 

4,688.2 

4,407.0 

4,219.8 

4,031.4 

3,706.7 

thousands

1,685,657 

1,654,998 

1,628,730 

1,628,730 

1,628,730 

Number of shares on issue at year end 

thousands 1,685,657  1,654,998  1,628,730  1,628,730  1,628,730 

Weighted average number of shares on issue (investor and ordinary)  

thousands

1,673,824 

1,643,970 

1,628,730 

1,628,730 

1,628,730 

Earnings per share

before IMIs  

including IMIs  

Dividends (declared)  

Dividends (paid)  

Dividend franking  

Share price range 

Stockmarket capitalisation at year end  

Net tangible assets per share  

Profit margin (earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and tax/sales)  

cents

cents

cents

cents

%

High

Low

Year end

23.8 

23.8 

11.8 

11.7 

38 

$4.36

$2.70

$3.90

21.7 

15.0 

10.8 

9.3 

31 

$3.20

$2.37

$2.71

18.0 

22.5 

9.2 

12.5 

75 

$3.34

$2.59

$2.69

24.8 

31.4 

12.4 

11.5 

68 

$3.68

$2.62

$2.98

32.5 

28.4 

11.5 

9.3 

 -  

$4.66

$2.99

$3.27

$mill

6,574.1 

4,485.0 

4,381.3 

4,853.6 

5,325.9 

$

%

 0.80 

15.8 

 0.85 

15.5 

 0.77 

13.6 

 0.73 

17.1 

 0.47 

21.8 

Net borrowings (interest bearing liabilities net of cash) 

$mill

1,947.4 

1,672.4 

1,383.5 

1,286.9 

1,188.8 

Gearing (net borrowings/net borrowings plus equity)  

%

29.3 

27.5 

24.7 

24.2 

24.3 

Interest cover (earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and  
tax/net borrowing costs) 

Net capital expenditure on plant and equipment (cash flow)  

Net capital expenditure on acquisitions/(disposals) (cash flow)  

Return on average shareholders funds

before IMIs  

including IMIs  

times

$mill

$mill

% 

%

8.4 

365.8 

–

8.8 

8.8 

6.8 

638.0 

–

8.3 

5.7 

6.5 

428.2 

–

7.1 

8.9 

10.8 

616.6 

35.1 

10.5 

13.1 

13.3 

610.4 

(1.5)

14.5 

12.8 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investor Information

Annual General Meeting 

2.00 pm (Melbourne time) 
Thursday, 17 December 2015  
Rooms 105 & 106,  
Level 1, Melbourne Convention Centre,  
1 Convention Centre Place,  
South Wharf Victoria 
Australia

Securities Exchange Listing 

Incitec Pivot Limited’s shares are listed on the
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and
are traded under the ASX code IPL

Share Registry

Link Market Services Limited 
Level 12, 680 George Street, 
Sydney New South Wales 2000, 
Australia

Locked Bag A14, 
Sydney South New South Wales 1235, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 1300 303 780 
General Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303 
Proxy Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0309 
Email: registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au 
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com.au

American Depositary Receipts Registry

C/- BNY Mellon Shareowner Services 
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210  
College Station, TX 77845 
Telephone: 1-888-269-2377  
(available from within the United States) 
+1-201-680-6825 
(available from outside the United States)

Auditor

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
550 Bourke Street,
Melbourne Victoria 3000,
Australia

Incitec Pivot Limited

Registered address and head office: 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile: +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

77

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2015

This page is intentionally blank.

Incitec Pivot Limited

ABN 42 004 080 264

Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

Postal Address 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile:  +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

This publication has been printed in Australia by a printer that employs a documented ISO 14001 environmental management system and has Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) chain of custody certification.  
The paper used is Monza Recycled which is Certified Carbon Neutral by The Carbon Reduction Institute (CRI) in accordance with the global Greenhouse Protocol and ISO 14040 framework. Monza Recycled contains  
55% recycled fibre and is FSC Mix Certified, which ensures that all virgin pulp is derived from well-managed forests and controlled sources. Monza Recycled is manufactured by an ISO 14001 certified mill.